Quarterlytics / Carl Zeiss Meditec

Carl Zeiss Meditec

afx · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker afx
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Carl Zeiss Meditec
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Alpha Group International plc

Annual Report 2023

Company Overview

2023 Highlights    1

Introduction to Alpha Group    3

Strategic Report

Chairman’s Statement    6

Chief Executive’s Statement    8

Chief Financial Officer’s Statement    24

Key Performance Indicators    29

Introduction to FX Risk Management    30

Introduction to Alternative Banking    36

Introduction to Fund Finance    40

Introduction to Cobase    42

Principal Risks & Uncertainties    44

Sustainability    56

Engaging with our Stakeholders (s172)    66

Principal Board Decisions    69

Business Model    71

Corporate Governance Report

Board of Directors    72

Corporate Governance Statement    74

Remuneration Committee Report    82

Audit Committee Report    86

Directors’ Report    90

Independent Auditor’s Report    94

Financial Statements    

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income    104

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position    105

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows    106

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity    107

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements    108

Shareholder Information    162

C5

Highlights 
FY2023

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS1 

 − Group revenue increased 12% to £110.4m (2022: £98.3m)

 −

FX Risk Management revenue increased 10% to £76.3m (2022: £69.5m) 

 − Alternative Banking revenue1 increased 18% to £33.9m (2022: £28.8m)

 − Underlying2 profit before tax grew 11% to £43.0m, excluding Cobase3 growth  

was 12% to £43.2m (2022: £38.6m)

 − Consistent underlying profit margins of 38% (2022: 39%)

 − Alternative Banking client balances increased by 30% to £2.1bn in Q4  

(2022 Q4: £1.6bn)

 − Net treasury income4 from interest on client balances of over £73m  

(2022: £9.3m)

 −

Total Income increased 73% to £186.0m (2022: £107.6m)

 − Profit before tax increased 148% to £115.9m (2022 restated5: £46.8m)

 − Strong cash generation and debt free, with adjusted net cash6 increasing by 

£64m to £178.8m (2022: £114.4m)

 − Basic earnings per share up 124% to 206.2p (2022 restated: 92.1p), and 
underlying basic earnings per share flat at 76.7p (2022 restated: 76.3p)

 −

Final dividend of 12.3 pence per share, payable on 10 May 2024 to 
shareholders on the register at 5 April 2024, making a total final dividend for 
2023 of 16.0 pence per share (2022: 14.4p) 

 − Cobase (acquired 1 December 2023) contributed revenue of £186k in the 

month post-acquisition

 −

Initiated up-to £20m share buyback in January 2024

BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS 

 − Against a difficult macro-environment, average revenue per FX Risk 

Management client increased 7% (2022: 3%) and FX Risk Management client 
numbers increased 2% to 1,071 (2022: 1,047)

 − No. of accounts booking trades on our FXRM platform increased 19% in the year

 − No. of accounts within Alternative Banking increased 54% to 6,467 (2022: 4,200)

 − Group Front Office headcount increased 25% to 136 at the year-end (2022: 109)

 − Benefits of diversification strategy clearly evidenced in resilient revenue and 

profit growth

 − Disciplined approach to credit and risk reflected in the lowest level of client 

defaults in the past five years

 − Business is well invested with scalable platform, creating operational gearing 

opportunity moving forward

 −

 −

Launch of new Fund Finance business in May 2023

Launch of new Corporate FXRM offices in Madrid and Munich

 − Completed our first acquisition (Cobase) in December 2023

 − Working towards a listing on the Premium Segment of the Main Market in  

May 2024

 − Appointment of Dame Jayne-Anne Gadhia to the Board intended for 1 May 

2024, as Chair Designate7

 −

2024 has started well, in line with our expectations

REVENUE (+12%)

£110M

ADJUSTED NET CASH (+£64m)

£179M

PROFIT BEFORE TAX (+148%)

£116M

TOTAL INCOME (+73%)

£186M

UNDERLYING2 PBT (+11%)

£43M

FRONT OFFICE HEADS (+25%)

136

1 Alternative Banking revenue includes £0.7m of 
revenue from Fund Finance solution, which was born 
out of this division. 

2 Underlying excludes the impact of non-cash share-
based payments expense, net treasury income on 
client balances, one-off listing-related and M&A 
costs and amortisation of purchased intangibles in 
2023.

3 Cobase was acquired on 1 December 2023, and during 
the month generated revenue of £0.2m, EBITDA of 
£0.0m, and a PBT loss of £0.2m.  

4 Previously “Other Operating Income”.  

5 The prior period restatement is detailed further in 
note 4 of the financial statements.   

6 Excluding collateral received from clients, collateral 
paid to banking counterparties, early settlement of 
trades and the unrealised mark to market profit or loss 
from client swaps and rolls.     

7 Subject to the completion of normal regulatory due 
diligence by the Company’s Nomad.

   1

 
ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023

COMPANY OVERVIEW  ABOUT ALPHA

Alpha Group 
Part fintech, part consultancy, 
wholly different.

Alpha is a leading non-bank provider of financial 

partnership structure that creates a powerful sense  

solutions to corporates and institutions operating 

of collective ownership across the business.

internationally. Blending deep expertise with cutting-

edge technologies, we provide a growing portfolio of 

Whilst we are an established company listed on 

financial solutions to clients across more than fifty 

the London Stock Exchange, we remain relentlessly 

countries, serving as an enhanced alternative to their 

focused on maintaining the same level of agility and 

traditional bank.

client focus we had when we commenced operations 

in 2010. These dynamics, combined with the passion of 

The key to our success is our team, over 480 people 

our people, have enabled us to make a substantial and 

based across ten international offices, brought 

enduring difference to our clients, and deliver a growth 

together by a high-performance culture and a 

story to match.

OUR DIVISIONS AND MARKETS

DIVISION

FX Risk Management 

Alternative Banking

(est. 2010)

(est. 2020)

Cobase

(acquired 2023)

PRODUCTS

Risk Management 
Mass Payments

MONETISATION

Margins on Spot, Forward  
& Option Contracts
Payment Fees

Bank Connectivity 
Technology

Platform Fees

Global Accounts
Mass Payments
Fund Finance (‘FF’)

Account Fees
Payment Fees
Margins on Spot Contracts
Platform Fees (FF)
Advisory Fees (FF)

CLIENTS

Corporates & Institutions

Institutions

Corporates & Institutions

OFFICES

UK, Canada, Netherlands, 
Italy, Australia, Spain, 
Germany

UK, Luxembourg, 
Malta

Netherlands

FY23 REVENUE

£76.3m

£33.9m

£0.2m

192
FX Risk Management

230
Alternative Banking

21
Cobase

HEADCOUNT

43  
Central Services

2

   3

Our History 
Our past performance is the result 
of being relentlessly focused on 
the future. 

COMPANY OVERVIEW  OUR HISTORY

2023

2022

2021

December 2023: Acquisition of 
Cobase completed.

September 2023: Launch of FXRM 
sales offices in Madrid and Munich.

August 2023: Opened second HQ in 
London, focused on the Institutional 
market.

May 2023: Launch of Fund 
Finance business.

December 2022: Company rebrands as 
Alpha Group International plc.

October 2022: Launch of FXRM 
office in Sydney.

March 2022: Launch of FXRM sales 
office in Milan.

January 2022: Launch of Alternative 
Banking office in Luxembourg.

December 2021: Employee shareholder 
milestone, with over 100 employee 
shareholders.

September 2021: Company formally 
launches global accounts solution for 
alternative investments.

April 2021: Group completes 
decentralisation into FX Risk 
Management and Alternative 
Banking.

March 2021: Launch of office in  
Malta, focused on alternative 
investment market.

placing for investment, raising £20m.

2020 April 2020: Capital raise and share 
2019
2018 October 2018: Capital raise and share 

January 2019: Company joins 
AIM-100 list of the London Stock 
Exchange.

December 2018: Launch of mass 
payments platform.

placing for investment, raising £20m.

March 2020: Launch of FXRM  
sales office in Amsterdam.

October 2018: Launch of FXRM 
sales office in Toronto.

March 2018: Launch of 
Institutional business.

4

   5

2017
2010

August 2017: Obtained FCA licence 
to provide derivatives.

April 2017: IPO on AIM with a 
market cap of c. £65m.

February 2010: Alpha launches as 
FX Risk Management specialist to 
UK corporates.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Chairman’s Statement 
Clive Kahn

I am pleased to report another year of strong financial and 
operational progress for the Group, in which we delivered double-
digit growth alongside further geographic expansion  
and the completion of our first acquisition. 

Our ability to maintain our track record of top-

Jayne-Anne brings a wealth of experience setting 

line growth during a period dominated by such 

up and leading high-quality financial institutions, 

challenging and turbulent macroeconomic 

more details of which can be found in our regulatory 

conditions underlines the resilience of our business. 

announcement dated 20th March.

To have recorded such a performance despite 

suppressed activity levels within both our corporate 

In addition, Lisa Gordon will be stepping down from 

and institutional markets validates both the strength 

the Board on 1st May 2024 by not seeking re-election 

of our proposition and the correctness of our 

at the next AGM. On behalf of the Board and the 

strategy to diversify our business streams and to 

wider company, I would like to thank Lisa for all her 

reinvest previous profits into our infrastructure and 

contributions throughout Alpha’s growth journey 

people.  

over the past seven years – from our IPO on AIM, to a 

company that is about to embark on its Main Market 

A further result of the previous investment is that 

listing. The Board and I look forward to working with 

our best-in-class back office function has the 

Jayne-Anne as Alpha embarks on the next chapter in 

capacity for further growth. This enabled us to 

its growth story.

focus our investment and capital allocation during 

the year on our front office functions. We opened 

two new overseas offices and launched a new fund 

COBASE ACQUISITION

finance offering directed at the institutional market. 

We were delighted, last December, to complete 

We ended the year with record cash flows and a 

our acquisition of Cobase, a leading multibank 

strengthened balance sheet with £178.8m adjusted 

connectivity platform. As a high-tech, disruptive force 

net cash.

BOARD APPOINTMENTS

within the corporate and institutional space, Cobase 

represents a natural fit for Alpha Group. There is 

significant overlap between our client bases, with 

considerable potential for mutual value adds, as well 

The Group continues to benefit from an experienced 

as the ability to provide a more integrated treasury 

and founder-led leadership team. After eight years as 

service for our clients.

Chair of the Company, I have agreed with the Board 

that I will step down from this position at our 2025 

The acquisition has brought a further 21 talented 

AGM. Subsequently, on 20th March 2024, we were 

colleagues into the Alpha Group, who will continue to 

pleased to announce that Dame Jayne-Anne Gadhia 

operate from the Cobase Amsterdam office. 

will be joining the Board as Chair Designate, effective 

upon the conclusion of the Company’s AGM on 1st 

On behalf of Alpha, I would like to formally welcome 

May 2024 (and subject to normal regulatory due 

these new colleagues and, with the significant 

diligence by the Group’s Nomad).  

cross-selling prospects across our client bases in 

mind, I am excited to see the opportunities our two 

businesses can create in 2024 and beyond.

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

We were also pleased to be able to initiate a £20m 

share buy-back programme at the end of January 

of this year, full details of which can be found in our 

regulatory announcement dated 29 January 2024.

LOOKING AHEAD

I believe the Group has never been better positioned 

to deliver substantial growth and operational gearing 

over the long term. Our industry-leading position, 

achieved through investment and diversification 

decisions taken in recent years, together with our 

strong culture and leadership driving us forward, 

means that, despite macro conditions that will 

likely continue to challenge our clients and markets 

CLIVE KAHN 

Non-Executive Chairman

MAIN MARKET PREMIUM LISTING

Our plans remain on course for a Main Market 

through 2024, our prospects are sound.

Premium listing later in May of this year. We view 

this new listing as a key opportunity for Alpha to 

There is a clear roadmap to grow our client base and 

add to our solid reputation within our markets 

wallet share across our seven FXRM offices, all of 

and to allow us to target further clients across 

which are still barely scratching the surface of their 

new geographies. From a Board perspective, 

addressable Corporate marketplaces. Equally, we 

we also believe the higher levels of governance 

have proven we can grow strongly in a suppressed 

and disclosure required by the listing will also 

Institutional market, and now that we are over the 

strengthen our relationships with new and existing 

hump of investing in our operational scalability and 

stakeholders. Having joined Alpha in 2016, prior 

infrastructure, there is an exciting opportunity to 

to its IPO, it is incredible to reflect on how the 

accelerate our growth by doubling down on our 

business has grown and matured over the past 

investments in our sales channels.

eight years. I look forward to seeing what the 

company can achieve as it embarks on this next 

THANK YOU 

chapter.

FINAL DIVIDEND

I would like to thank all our long-standing and new 

colleagues for their contributions to the success 

and continued growth of our business, as well as our 

Following the strong full-year results, and 

shareholders for their continued support throughout 

associated cash generation, the Board is pleased 

the year. As we enter the next stage of Alpha’s 

to declare a final dividend of 12.3p per share (2022: 

evolution, with a clear roadmap ahead for disruption 

11.0p). Subject to shareholder approval, the final 

across our markets, I look forward to another year of 

dividend will be payable to Shareholders on the 

delivering significant growth.

register at 5 April 2024 and will be paid on 10 May 

2024. This represents a total dividend for the year 

Clive Kahn 

of 16.0p per share (2022: 14.4p). 

Non-Executive Chairman

6

   7

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Morgan Tillbrook

This year’s statement has been an interesting one to write, as my 
reflection on the year’s performance differs according to which 
lens it is viewed through. As a shareholder, I am delighted with 
the profitability and cash generation of the Group: profit before 
tax grew 148% to £115.9m, underlying profit before tax grew 11% 
to £43.0m, and interest on client balances of over £73m (FY 2022: 
£9.3m) contributed to adjusted net cash increasing by £64m to 
£178.8m.

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

and back office to provide the infrastructure and 

regulatory frameworks needed to build a business 

of scale. Having made significant progress in this 

area, our investment focus within our core FX Risk 

Management and Alternative Banking divisions 

will become more weighted towards the Front 

Office – enhancing sales capability, refining our 

technology to improve client interaction and user 

experience, and bringing this all together to amplify 

our sales engine. At the same time, we will continue 

to invest in establishing strong foundations for our 

newer ventures (Fund Finance & Cobase), as well 

as leveraging our existing experience and client 

relationships, so they can go on to forge exciting 

long-term growth stories of their own.

A NOTE ON DETAIL 

We are proud to provide existing and prospective 

shareholders with a comprehensive level of detail 

on the performance of the business within our 

MORGAN TILLBROOK 

Chief Executive Officer

At the same time, the interest rate tailwinds that 

excluding net treasury income from client balances, 

time constraints (and varying levels of interest!) 

different stages along our maturity curve in terms of 

generated such exceptional bottom line growth 

despite the continuing benefits gained from our cash 

among our audiences, I will continue to reference 

how we build solutions to service them. Evaluating the 

proved frustrating for our underlying business, 

generation, as it is the benchmark by which we judge 

relevant context via URL links throughout 

Group through these two customer lenses (Corporate 

stymying its pace of growth, albeit the growth of 

ourselves, and therefore fitting that our shareholders 

our statements in line with our recent results 

and Institutional) is therefore helpful for understanding 

our FXRM division reduced somewhat at our own 

can too. The challenging conditions have given us the 

announcements.

the opportunity in front of us. 

regulatory disclosures. However, recognising the 

have different needs and demands, and we are at 

discretion, particularly where our considered credit 

opportunity to re-analyse all aspects of our business, 

appetite and high selling standards saw us walk 

highlighting areas that we can improve upon, and we 

away from a number of revenue opportunities. Our 

have already made positive changes.

reputation has been built on high-quality, sustainable 

CLIENT CENTRICITY IS KEY TO OUTPERFORMING 

CORPORATES – DOUBLING DOWN ON OUR EXISTING 

BUSINESS CYCLES

GLOBAL FOOTPRINT

growth, and we will not compromise that for short-

In a year in which Alpha expects to complete its 

Alongside reviewing the performance of our income 

Our Corporate clients are served through teams in the 

term gains, even when the business environment is 

milestone transition from AIM to a listing on the 

streams, FX Risk Management and Alternative 

UK and seven overseas offices across Europe, North 

more challenging.

Premium segment of the Main Market, I would like 

to thank all of our shareholders whose capital and 

Banking, it is important to highlight how we 

America and Australia. With native speakers in each 

address our two client audiences, Corporate and 

market, and our presence across multiple time zones, 

As a founder, I am extremely proud that our team 

support have helped us create such a dynamic 

Institutional, as much of our strategic planning 

we provide genuine 24/7 service capability across our 

have built such a strong, diversified business, 

enterprise. London’s capital markets have endured 

centres around the solutions that each need.

client base. Significant developments during the year 

that can thrive in different external environments. 

a difficult period, with much conjecture surrounding 

include the establishment of operations in Madrid 

Should the relatively high interest rate environment 

their competitiveness. Without them however, we 

Both client types continue to be underserved by 

and Munich, and the Group’s first acquisition, Cobase, 

continue, our diversification of business will continue 

would not have been able to achieve nearly as much 

traditional banking and, whilst there is overlap in 

which completed in December 2023. 

to benefit the Group, and our balance sheet and cash 

in such a short space of time, and certainly would not 

the products sold, the sales channels, expertise 

will strengthen further; whilst a return to lower rates 

be the business we are today, now employing over 

and technologies are distinct. This drives our entire 

We have largely completed the current phase of our 

should stimulate client activity and revenues.

480 people globally. It is gratifying that we have been 

approach to growth: our strategy and planning; how 

planned international roll-out of our Corporate FXRM 

able to reward our shareholders handsomely and we 

we think about future investment in headcount, 

business, and our intention now is to double-down on 

That said, we will not rest on our laurels. As a 

will endeavour to continue doing so. The move from 

technology, sales and marketing; how we drive 

these offices to deliver on their substantial potential. 

business that strives for high levels of performance, 

AIM feels like a change of era, and this is apt for our 

client acquisition, retention and expansion; and 

Each office has been spearheaded by highly capable 

we very much remain focused on delivering 

business. As I will discuss through this report, recent 

ultimately, how we set our expectations around the 

leaders and each has the potential to replicate the 

continued strong underlying growth. That is why 

years have been dominated by our international roll-

scalability and pace of returns from our targeted 

success of London, which is only 15 years old and still 

we continue to present our underlying numbers 

out, as well as investment in platform development 

investments. In addition, these two client groups 

remains in an early stage of its growth phase. 

8

   9

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

Our investment into our back office functions to 

date provides bandwidth to scale significantly. With 

this in mind, although there is significant capacity 

within our existing front office teams to support 

materially higher revenues, our intention now is to 

accelerate our prospects by focusing on front office 

headcount growth and retention across our current 

global offices. All the regions we operate in have 

highly knowledgeable and incentivised management 

teams operating in markets that can structurally 

and competitively scale to be similar to the UK in 

the long term. The acquisition of Cobase, acquired in 

December 2023, has also added technology, talent 

and clients, and expands our total addressable 

market, providing a further growth engine.

INSTITUTIONAL - SCALING OUR SALES CHANNELS 

ACROSS OUR MULTIPLE PRODUCT OFFERINGS

Alpha’s Institutional offering has continually 

evolved in the six years since we first launched our 

Institutional FXRM team and represents an exciting 

growth opportunity in the short, medium and long 

“Significant developments 
during the year include 
the establishment of 
operations in Madrid and 
Munich, and the Group’s 
first acquisition, Cobase, 
which completed in 
December 2023.”

out new sales channels and expanding our sales 

teams across our growing institutional offering, with 

front office headcount expected to increase.

INCREASING CROSS-SELL OPPORTUNITIES 

ACROSS THE GROUP HAS THE POTENTIAL TO 

TRANSFORM OUR PROSPECTS

term. The alternative investment industry is currently 

Leveraging the overlap between our solutions is at 

in a cyclical downturn, but the success of our 

the centre of our growth strategy and provides us 

investment in the sector through this challenging 

with the opportunity to increase our wallet share and 

period is highlighted by the 6,467 accounts that 

deepen our relationships with clients by becoming a 

Alpha has onboarded to date, representing growth 

larger part of their day-to-day financial operations, as 

of 54% year-on-year, as well as the 55% growth 

well as provide us with a wider net to win new clients. 

in Institutional FXRM revenues, and the launch of 

We have a strong track record of launching new 

our Fund Finance offering in May, which generated 

solutions and offices that go on to deliver attractive 

over £700k in revenue in its first seven months of 

levels of growth within highly specialised markets. We 

operation. Our Institutional account solutions have 

also continue to invest in enhancing our CRM system 

also generated the vast majority of the £73m in net 

across the group to improve the volume of data and 

treasury income from interest on client balances.

quality of insights we have, enabling our sales teams 

to more effectively cross-sell and deliver increasing 

Similar to our Corporate marketplace, the market 

value to our clients. 

opportunity in Institutional is sizeable, as we continue 

to take share from banks with our specialist, high-

A clear example of our early success here is our 

tech, high-touch solutions. Our ongoing investment 

Institutional FXRM office which (as previously 

in our infrastructure and solutions continues to 

mentioned) grew revenues by 55% against a 

enhance our capabilities, with significant progress 

challenging market backdrop, reflecting not only the 

made in 2023. Heading into 2024, we are looking 

team’s hard work but the initial wins from our cross-

forward to leveraging these upgrades, whilst building 

selling initiatives into our Alternative Banking offering. 

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

In May, in a further step to diversify our offering, we 

DEEP FOUNDATIONS LAID TO DELIVER 

launched our Fund Finance proposition, which can 

OPERATIONAL GEARING

benefit from cross-selling opportunities with clients that 

come from Alpha’s Institutional FXRM and Alternative 

Banking relationships. At the same time, the Fund 

Finance team is already reciprocating by creating new 

business opportunities of their own, which can then be 

sold Alpha’s other services. 

Likewise, our acquisition of Cobase brings a unique 

technology platform, a SaaS revenue model and c. 130 

clients, which opens up a number of opportunities to 

offer solutions from our other divisions in the medium 

term, albeit our initial focus will remain on accelerating 

Cobase’s own client acquisition.

We not only plan to continue delivering future high 

growth in revenues and client numbers but, over time, 

we expect an increasingly higher proportion of that 

growth to drop through into profitability and cash. 

We have made significant investments in people, 

processes and technology over the last five years 

across our core divisions, and whilst we expect macro 

conditions to continue to be a challenge through 2024, 

this has put us in a strong position to benefit from 

operational gearing as markets pick up.   

STRONG CROSS-SELLING OPPORTUNITIES WITHIN BOTH OUR MARKETS

FX Risk 
Management

FX Risk 
Management

Bank  
Connectivity 
(Cobase)

Global 
Accounts

CORPORATES

INSTITUTIONS

Bank 
Connectivity
(Cobase)

Mass 
Payments

Fund Finance

Mass 
Payments

10

   11

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

Infrastructure & Technology  

CASH PROVIDES THE SPRINGBOARD

DEAL FLOWS WITHIN THE ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT MARKET

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

The substantial investment we have made in our 

technology and infrastructure over the last five 

years spans two decentralised divisions, alongside 

recently acquired Cobase, each with highly attractive 

propositions and clear development roadmaps. 

With Australia, alongside Europe and Canada, 

Alpha is now able to operate 24/7 across time 

zones, and our investments in infrastructure and 

back office systems over the last few years have 

provided significant capacity for us to scale our 

global revenues. The objective now is to enhance 

the experience for our clients and sales teams while 

streamlining processes and building in additional 

automation; the opportunity is to improve the 

efficiency of our systems rather than simply grow 

the size of our technology footprint or headcount, in 

order that we can deliver more with less. 

People  

Owing to our investments in people, processes 

and technology to date, we also believe we can 

significantly grow the size of our business with far 

more modest increases in back office headcount 

going forward. The financial productivity of our front 

office teams meanwhile will benefit from not only 

our investment in internal technology but also the 

growing range of solutions we can offer each client. 

At the end of the year we had £178.8m of adjusted 

net cash, and the strength of our balance sheet 

now provides the opportunity to supercharge 

our growth. As a Board, we continually discuss 

our capital allocation policy and the balance 

between dividends, share buybacks, acquisitions, 

re-investing back into the business, as well as 

ensuring we maintain a strong balance sheet for all 

our stakeholders and counterparties. Following the 

initiation of our £20m share buyback programme 

in January 2024, the Board’s decision, for now, is 

that, while we always look for a balanced approach, 

our remaining cash gives us a major competitive 

advantage as markets pick up and we identify 

relevant opportunities across our matrix of offices, 

services and clients. We also believe it is prudent 

to have sufficient cash kept aside to capitalise not 

only on the opportunities we have now, but also 

to have the ability to accelerate investment in the 

future, if faced with even greater upside. We will 

naturally continue to keep this under review in the 

normal course.

DEAL VOLUMES WITHIN THE ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENT MARKET

40000

30000

20000

10000

0

Private Equity

Venture Capital

Real Estate

Infrastructure

2021

2022

2023

Preqin Quarterly Updates (2021-2023)

n
b
$

1500

1000

500

0

Private Equity

Venture Capital

Real Estate

Infrastructure

2021

2022

2023

Preqin Quarterly Updates (2021-2023)

STRONG FINANCIAL KPIS DESPITE THE 

in this market we are starting from a low base with a 

CHALLENGING ECONOMIC BACKDROP

strong proposition, highlighted by a 54% increase in 

accounts within Alternative Banking in the year.

Throughout the year we have seen the interest rate 

environment suppress the activity levels of our FX 

hedging and alternative investment clients. The 

challenging macro conditions have resulted in our 

clients being more conservative around forecasting 

and, thus, FX hedging. At the same time, these macro 

conditions meant we chose to reduce our own credit 

appetite, resulting in a number of clients having 

hedging facilities removed or reduced. This decision 

ultimately ensured we had no meaningful defaults 

during the year but also meant we walked away 

from a number of revenue opportunities by taking a 

balanced approach to growth.

Additionally, our institutional clients had the 

challenge of higher financing costs in structuring new 

deals and managing the mismatch between buyer 

and seller expectations across all of the key asset 

classes we serve: Private Equity, Venture Capital, Real 

Estate, Infrastructure and Private Debt. Deal flow last 

year was well below 2022 as funds faced increased 

uncertainty about the economic outlook, and the 

impact of higher interest rates and credit spreads. 

As a result, the fundraising environment and private 

equity M&A activity slowed considerably. However, 

OUTLOOK – OUR NATURAL HEDGE

We currently expect markets to slowly pick up through 

2024 and monetary policy to ease, providing greater 

certainty over global trade, investment decisions and 

demand visibility for our clients. While higher interest 

rates will continue to provide a significant bottom-line 

tailwind for the Group, driving exceptional levels of 

net treasury income, we do not know to what extent 

any easing of monetary policy will release the brakes 

on currently suppressed activity levels of both our 

corporate and institutional clients. The ability for 

higher interest rates to amplify net treasury income 

(from interest) on one hand, whilst simultaneously 

suppressing underlying trading activity on the other 

is referred to internally as our ‘natural interest rate 

hedge’ and will likely remain a feature in 2024. Overall, 

trading in 2024 to date has been encouraging and we 

remain confident in the strength and scalability of our 

business model, and our strategy to take advantage of 

the vast growth opportunity available to the Group.

12

   13

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

DIVISIONAL ANALYSIS

FX RISK MANAGEMENT 

Highlights

 − Revenue growth of 10% to £76.3m (2022: £69.5m)

 − Underlying profit before tax increased 18% to 

£32.3m (2022: £27.3m)

 − Client numbers increased 2% to 1,071 (2022: 1,047)

 − Average revenue per client increased 7%

 − Front Office headcount increased by 18% to 120 

(2022: 102)

 − Launch of two new offices, in Madrid & Munich

FXRM ENVIRONMENT

As previously outlined, the FXRM environment in 

the short-term benefit of a more favourable initial 

exchange rate, but commit the client to a potentially 

more unfavourable exchange rate in the future. 

We do not seek to advise on or promote complex 

options products, and our selling standards 

dictate that any we do facilitate should be on an 

execution-only basis, driven by client demand. We are 

unfortunately seeing these products being promoted 

more and more within our industry, particularly in 

this tougher economic climate. I believe this is largely 

the symptom of two simple facts: i) complex options 

provide high margins for the FX provider and ii) the 

same less-scrupulous providers allure clients with the 

prospect of outperforming the market. 

2023 reflected challenging macro conditions, which 

As a business, we feel this trend is an increasing 

have suppressed our clients’ FX hedging activity. The 

problem within our industry, however, I am pleased 

first nine months of the year were characterised 

to report that, in line with the intentions set out in 

by high inflation rates globally and central banks 

my last annual report statement, our teams have 

responding by increasing interest rates, and during 

continued to move in the opposite direction, with the 

this period in particular, we made the decision to 

percentage of FXRM revenues coming from complex 

take a more conservative approach when it came to 

options products reducing from 9% to 3% during 

our own credit appetite. This resulted in us reducing 

the year. Since 2022 we have purposely adjusted our 

or removing hedging facilities for a number of clients, 

commission structure to incentivise our sales teams 

and also curtailed our appetite to work with some 

to provide simple and appropriate solutions, while 

new clients. Through this disciplined approach, we 

paying lower rates of commission on more complex 

are pleased to report we had no significant defaults 

products. If we are serious about maintaining our 

during the year; however, naturally, this also resulted 

selling standards as we grow into a global business, it 

in us walking away from some revenue opportunities. 

is important that our incentives are aligned with our 

The benefits of our diversification strategy across 

culture. 

FXRM were also clearly reflected during the period, 

Whilst our avoidance of complex options products 

with our Institutional FXRM business and our 

has naturally cost us revenue in the short term, I 

overseas corporate offices doing well to offset the 

am incredibly proud that we have a team that is 

impact of the economic headwinds experienced in 

committed to acting in the best interest of their 

the UK Corporate business.

FXRM SELLING STANDARDS 

clients, delivering them what they need, even if it’s not 

always what they initially request or might have been 

sold by other FX companies. In a challenging sales 

environment, it takes a certain type of salesperson 

We set out to be the global leader in FX risk 

to turn down the low-hanging fruit of a high-margin 

management, and believe that integrity is as 

options trade. Indeed, many of our competitors have 

important as expertise if we want to deliver on this 

seen their options revenue increase during this 

vision. This is particularly pertinent when it comes 

challenging period, as clients are encouraged to seek 

to complex FX options products, which provide 

outperformance in a tough environment.

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

The moves our team are making around selling 

their interests. Despite only a small increase in client 

standards give me further confidence in the future 

numbers, average revenue per client continued to 

of this business and will unquestionably lead to more 

increase, reflecting our continued ability to work with 

sustainable revenue growth in the long-term, whilst 

larger businesses as well as increase our wallet share 

further differentiating us within an industry which, 

with existing clients, as our reputation continues 

unfortunately, is moving increasingly in the opposite 

to grow. Front Office productivity also continued to 

direction.

increase as the chart on the following page shows.

FXRM PERFORMANCE

UK Corporate

Overview

The UK Corporate FXRM office has grown its 

revenues by around five times since our IPO in 2017, 

Overall divisional revenues grew 10% to £76.3m for 

but during the period experienced its first decline 

the year (FY 2022: £69.5m), and client numbers grew 

in revenue and has remained the most impacted by 

by 2% to 1,071. This small gain in client numbers 

the economic environment. This is primarily because 

(actually a decrease since June 2023) largely reflects 

it has the largest and longest-standing client base 

the tightening of our credit appetite within the 

and has therefore also been affected most by the 

current interest rate environment, which has seen 

adjustments to our credit appetite and the doubling 

us stop working with certain existing clients, as well 

down of our selling standards.

as reduce the pool of new clients we are prepared 

to work with. Additionally, there have been a handful 

Our UK Corporate office has long served as the talent 

of clients who have become insolvent in the current 

incubator for cultivating leaders to spearhead the 

environment. Our push to reduce the number of 

establishment of overseas offices. Over 125 years of 

clients using complex option products has also 

Alpha experience has been exported abroad over 

weighed on our growth, with not every business ready 

the past five years and, as a result, during this more 

to be persuaded that complex options are not in 

challenging period, the team have missed some 

REVENUE DEVELOPMENT OF CORPORATE OFFICES (FY2023)

)

m
£
(
e
u
n
e
v
e
R

£40

£35

£30

£25

£20

£15

£10

£5

£–

Full Years 
Established

London

Toronto

Amsterdam

14

5

4

Milan

2

Sydney

Madrid

Munich

1

0

0

14

   15

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

FXRM FRONT OFFICE PRODUCTIVITY

e
u
n
e
v
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A
M
R
X
F

£90m

£80m

£70m

£60m

£50m

£40m

£30m

£20m

£10m

£0m

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

-

l

C
u
m
u
a
t
i
v
e
Y
e
a
r
s
o
f
E
x
p
e
r
i
e
n
c
e
o
f
F
r
o
n
t
O
f
f
i
c
e

Excluding hires <1yr 
(revenue contribution  
is minimal in first 
year)

FY 2014

FY 2015

FY 2016

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

FY 2022

FY 2023

Revenue (LHS)

Cumulative Years (RHS)

What is Front Office Productivity?

Front Office productivity compares the total cumulative tenure of our Front Office, compared to our revenues. The graph shows that we have 
been able to maintain productivity despite both the market headwinds, and experienced sales people moving into roles focused on leading 
international expansion and/or the growth and development of our Front Office teams. When we take into account new joiners, whose 
contribution in their first year is naturally lower than more experienced colleagues, this is even more pronounced.

of this talent. Our Madrid office, for example, was 

Overseas Corporate Offices

our most recent export of talent from the UK, and 

has taken with it over 15 years of combined Alpha 

experience; this from a team of four who delivered 

over £1.1m in Spanish client revenue from the UK 

office over the past four years, and left the UK at a 

more mature stage in their learning curve.

With our current overseas offices now established, 

we feel there is no requirement to further export our 

talent from the UK for the time being. This will ensure 

that our existing talent can fully compound within the 

UK, which remains an enormous growth opportunity 

in its own right. 

As highlighted, we believe we have (for now) 

completed the “landing” phase of our “land and 

expand” strategy (i.e. rolling out overseas Corporate 

offices). In all cases, we believe the structural and 

competitive dynamics, together with the size of 

these local markets, means we have the potential 

to replicate the financial size and success of the 

UK office in the longer term. To underpin this, we 

work very hard to ensure our selling standards and 

culture are successfully exported overseas and led 

by experienced individuals who are highly invested 

in the future of each venture. Launching new offices 

overseas is not without its challenges, but upholding 

Having done so much to drive growth across the 

our standards is key if we want to become the 

wider business, I would like to personally thank our 

undisputed global leader in FX risk management.

UK office for all they have done for the Group, and I 

am looking forward to this team now being able to 

Despite a year of challenging trading, our Corporate 

once again double down on their own journey.

Toronto office remains profitable, albeit with 

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

revenues slightly down on 2022. As well as a difficult 

to successfully export our culture and standards 

macro backdrop, investors who have followed our 

overseas. Whilst there is a lack of German-speaking 

updates over the past 18 months will know we 

candidates in London, in H1 last year we met with 

temporarily found ourselves in a position where 

an experienced individual working locally within the 

we did not have enough senior talent to support 

German FX market. Whilst this person has come from 

the development of our junior talent. We therefore 

outside our company, they quickly showed that their 

had some rebuilding to do in Toronto to position it 

standards and values aligned with our own, and to 

for long-term growth. Throughout this rebuilding 

reinforce this, they have also been joined by another 

process, we have been focusing on developing 

early Alpha hire from our Amsterdam office.

and upskilling the team and, having successfully 

gone through this, towards the end of 2023 we 

Toronto is our only office that started without any 

subsequently promoted an existing team member 

existing Alpha team members, and having learned a 

to take over leadership of the office. This individual 

lot from this experience, we have been keen to apply 

is a highly respected, high-performing, long-term 

these learnings to our selection and integration 

member of the team, who has been instrumental in 

process this time around. Consequently, we feel that, 

the office’s growth to date. 

in Munich, we have a leader and team who believe 

in the Alpha way and are capable of delivering it 

The early performance from the office since making 

successfully. The early signs from Munich have been 

these changes has been encouraging, and having 

positive, and we are looking forward to seeing what 

spent a week in Toronto with the team at the start of 

they can deliver in their first full year of operation.

January, I feel confident the office is turning a corner 

and has the right people and foundations in place to 

Launched in 2022, our Sydney office has delivered 

re-establish its growth journey. 

good revenue growth in its first full year of trading. 

This office is led by a core team possessing 

In H1, we also established a Madrid office. This office, 

over 30 years’ combined experience working 

comprised of Spanish speakers, is led by a team of 

at Alpha, ensuring that we have been able to 

four with 15 years’ combined Alpha experience, and is 

quickly communicate our proposition and export 

the last and most recent export of UK talent for the 

our culture. In addition to providing the basis for 

time being. Our presence in Madrid has provided the 

further expansion across the Australian territories, 

foundations for further expansion into a wide range 

our Sydney base will enable the Group to better 

of Spanish-speaking markets, and we are pleased to 

access a wide range of target Asian markets in the 

report the office has seen strong trading to date with 

future, contributing to our truly 24/7 client service 

significant prospects ahead.  

capabilities.

In Q4 2023, we also launched a new office in Munich. 

Germany is a large and attractive market for us, and 

historically we have had good success selling into the 

market from our Amsterdam and UK offices. 

Whilst we have wanted to launch in Germany for a 

long time, finding the right person to lead a team 

there has not been easy. Wherever possible, we like 

our overseas offices to be established by existing 

team members who have excelled through the UK 

‘Alpha Academy’ and can therefore be relied upon 

Institutional FXRM

As we have previously highlighted, our Institutional 

FXRM office (based in the UK) continued to show 

particularly strong growth in the period, with revenue 

increasing 55% despite a significantly suppressed 

market. Launching in 2018, the Institutional FXRM 

team has a strong reputation within the Institutional 

space. This business has solid foundations in place 

in terms of talent, clients and solutions, to deliver 

substantial organic growth going forward, but 

16

   17

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

also to be at the centre of our efforts to amplify 

our prospects within the Institutional market by 

successfully cross-selling our growing range of 

products. Having had an excellent year in a subdued 

market, it will be exciting to see what the team can 

achieve when activity levels start to pick up in the 

alternative investment market, particularly when 

considering the significant growth in our balance 

sheet and presence over the past 18 months.

FXRM TECHNOLOGY

Our FXRM platform is designed to provide clients 

with greater efficiency and visibility when managing 

and reporting on FX. We continued to make 

significant improvements to the platform throughout 

the year, with modular credit facilities, derivatives 

online, mark-to-market tooling, and accelerated 

payment processing, all well-received upgrades 

by our clients. Whilst it would be easy to get lost 

in technical jargon, the principles behind any new 

upgrades we make to the platform are simple – we 

At the same time, average revenues per client continue 

strive to create platform features for our clients that 

to increase, alongside Front Office productivity. We 

unlock new efficiencies and insights, so they can 

are pleased to have not only continued to improve our 

be more informed, more productive, and ultimately 

existing foundations but have also opened two new 

get more value from working with us. The success of 

offices alongside this to facilitate further growth.

these developments can be seen in the increasing 

levels of activity on the platform, with the number of 

accounts booking trades on the platform increasing 

19% in the year. Moving forward we will continue 

to innovate and evolve our FXRM platform and are 

also looking forward to exploring the longer-term 

opportunity to integrate the capabilities of Cobase 

following its acquisition in December 2023.

FXRM STRATEGY

While the macro backdrop to 2023 certainly provided 

challenges to the growth of our FXRM revenues, the 

growth prospects for FXRM heading into 2024 remain 

exciting. Throughout 2023 we have continued to 

make significant investments to further enhance the 

FXRM division’s potential, including investment in our 

online platform, and the exciting acquisition of the 

treasury-focused fintech, Cobase, in December 2023. 

The bigger picture is we have a clear strategy, a 

tried and tested model and an identified runway 

to continue delivering long-term growth with our 

existing FXRM teams, markets and products. We 

have seven international FXRM offices across three 

continents and the strategy will now be doubling 

down on our office investments and focusing on 

“expanding” now that we have successfully “landed”. 

This will also benefit our operational leverage going 

forward, as a result of the investments made in 

recent years. FXRM Front Office headcount increased 

18% to 120 people in 2023 (FY 2022: 102), and our plan 

is to focus in 2024 on growing and developing our 

Front Office sales teams in our current offices. Having 

successfully doubled down on our selling standards 

in 2023, a big focus in 2024 will be on doing the same 

with our nurturing and training standards; ultimately, 

we believe that by getting both of these areas right, 

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

we will continue to put ourselves in an excellent 

Alternative Banking highlights the sentiment I 

position to deliver strong and sustainable revenue 

outlined at the start of this statement; as Chief 

growth moving forward.

ALTERNATIVE BANKING 

Highlights

 − Revenue increased 18% to £33.9m (2022: £28.8m)

 − Number of accounts invoiced within Alternative 

Banking increased 54% to 6,467 (2022: 4,200)

 − Underlying profit before tax of £10.9m, a reduction 

of 3.3% on the prior year (2022: £11.3m) as a 

result of our accelerated investment programme 

throughout the year, particularly in headcount

 − Headcount increased 35% to 230 (2022: 171)

 − Alternative Banking client balances increased by 

30% to £2.1bn in Q4 (FY 2022 Q4: £1.6bn)

Alternative Banking Environment

Executive, the economic backdrop has proved 

frustrating in growing the business, but as a 

shareholder, the economic rewards have been 

substantial in 2023. Not only has Alternative Banking 

been key to our early success in cross-selling with 

our FXRM and more recently Fund Finance teams, 

but we have also earned interest on overnight 

client balances throughout the year. As previously 

outlined, our average client balances grew by c. 30% 

between 2022 and 2023, as we continued to open 

more accounts and grow wallet share with clients. 

The interest rates generated by these balances 

meanwhile averaged 3.6% for the year. Together 

this contributed towards over £73m of net treasury 

income on client funds, an increase of nearly eight 

times against FY 2022. 

Over the last three years we have built a business 

Alternative Banking Technology

based around solving a service and technology 

challenge in an institutional market inefficiently 

served by banks. The growth in accounts we now 

manage highlights the success of the team and our 

product development roadmap. The 54% growth in 

accounts was achieved despite a marked drop in 

investment activity amongst our existing and target 

clients. The decline in deal activity in the institutional 

market in the first half of 2023 continued throughout 

the rest of the year, with deal volumes and flows 

significantly down on 2022 across all of the key asset 

classes served by the division. This reduction in 

activity led to a knock-on effect on the demand for 

new accounts, payments and FX spot transactions.

Alternative Banking Performance

Our alternative banking technology has been 

purpose-built for alternative investment clients, 

and combined with our specialist teams, enables us 

to provide our clients with a compelling alternative 

to traditional banking providers, who are typically 

characterised by legacy technologies and more 

generalist offerings. 

New product development is focused around three 

key client-centric tenets of: Ease, Responsiveness, 

and Reliability, with the ongoing goal of making 

every interaction with our clients as efficient and 

effective as possible, whilst also remaining highly 

controlled and compliant. What we find particularly 

exciting here is that much of the progress we make 

increases both the attractiveness of our offering, 

As a result, growth in account numbers was lower 

whilst simultaneously reducing our own time 

than we had anticipated at the start of the financial 

and cost to serve. A great example of this is our 

year, with just under 6,500 accounts, achieving 

investment in automation to reduce the amount of 

significant growth on the 4,200 accounts held at 31 

manual involvement required between our teams 

December 2022. Revenues meanwhile increased 

and clients. This is improving the onboarding speeds 

by 18% to £33.9m, with consecutive record revenue 

and experience for clients, whilst also reducing the 

quarters delivered in Q3 and Q4. 

operational burden on our teams.

18

   19

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

Moving forward, we will continue to upgrade and 

This will in turn increase the ease of use and 

evolve our product offering, and with a growing 

performance of our systems for our clients, improve 

range of complimentary product offerings, each with 

the responsiveness of our support, as well as reduce 

innovative technologies of their own, we are moving 

our time and cost to serve – enabling us to do more 

ever closer towards our ambition of becoming the 

with less.

leading non-bank provider of financial solutions to 

the institutional space. 

ALTERNATIVE BANKING STRATEGY

This step-change in scalability and efficiency is also 

expected to reduce the level of growth in operational 

headcount we need in Alternative Banking going 

forward, whilst giving us the confidence to grow 

Despite the temporary downturn in investment 

our Front Office teams in 2024 within this division. 

activity within our core markets, it is encouraging 

As markets return to growth, we want to make it 

that we have been able to continue to grow, and 

as easy and attractive as possible for institutions 

we are excited about the prospects for Alternative 

and fund managers to deal with Alpha. The exciting 

Banking as this slowdown unwinds and business 

opportunity is to take the platform and brand we 

activity increases. When the market picks up, our 

have built and now layer on the sales-led culture 

growing market presence, partnership relationships 

that has been core to Alpha’s success over the last 

and scale mean we are well-positioned to capitalise 

15 years. We plan to open up a range of new sales 

on the increased opportunity, with increasing levels 

channels across the institutional marketplace, 

of operational efficiency. 

each focused on capitalising on different routes to 

market, and as part of this will be increasing the size 

We will continue to invest to scale the business, but 

of our sales team. Suffice to say, the team and I are 

feel we are over the hump of our major technology 

very much looking forward to this next chapter in the 

infrastructure spend. This year, the focus will be on 

division’s growth journey.

automation and improving the client experience with 

incremental enhancements to the functionality and 

interfaces.  

ALTERNATIVE BANKING OPERATIONAL SCALABILITY

FUND FINANCE 

Highlights

 − Launched in May 2023

 − Revenue of over £700k for the seven months of 

FY 2023 (currently recognised within Alternative 

Banking)

 − Digital platform launched

Born out of our Alternative Banking division, 

our expansion into fund finance forms another 

important step in our ambition to lead the way 

in global financial solutions for the alternative 

investment market – a bank alternative, dedicated 

to Alternatives. This solution embodies our ‘high-

tech, high-touch’ approach to business, blending our 

specialist expertise with smart technology to disrupt 

industries that are both outdated and have high 

barriers to entry. 

We initially launched our solution in May 2023, 

and in November followed up with the launch of 

the industry’s first digital platform for connecting 

borrowers with lenders. We are pleased to report 

early successes in this division, with our solution 

already proving popular among clients, contributing 

over £700k towards Alternative Banking revenues 

for the seven months of FY 2023 since its launch in 

May. Looking ahead, we have further medium-term 

ambitions to continuously improve the platform, 

grow the client base, and focus on opportunities to 

cross-sell, all of which provide an exciting roadmap 

s
t
n
u
o
c
c
A
e
v
i
L
f
o
#
g
n
k
n
a
B
e
v
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
l
A

i

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

FY 2020

0

-

20

FY 2023 

for the future.

FY 2022

FY 2021

20

40

60

80

100

120

Client Services and Compliance (full-time equivalent)

When it comes to innovative new solutions, barriers 

to entry are naturally a keen area of focus for both 

Alpha and its investors. Here we believe we enter this 

industry with a natural position of strength. This is 

because, for a platform solution to be worthwhile for 

borrowers and lenders, there needs to be speed and 

scale on both sides of the equation: borrowers want 

to know they can instantly screen across a large pool 

of lenders, whilst lenders want to know they are going 

to have easy access to a sizeable pool of borrowers. 

Traditional fund finance intermediaries, however, 

typically work with much smaller numbers of clients 

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

on an irregular basis and rely on manual processes 

to deliver their service. This makes speed and scale 

challenging.

Alpha’s ability to launch this solution has only been 

possible because of our ability to combine deep 

expertise within fund finance, with Alpha’s scale and 

technological capabilities in the institutional market. 

From launch, the fund finance team has been able to 

instantly leverage 1,300+ relationships with potential 

borrowers, whilst using technology to dramatically 

streamline processes. Achieving this level of speed 

and scale did not happen overnight though. It has 

taken significant time, investment, and expertise, 

built up over many years, with our institutional teams 

now made up of over 250 people across three global 

offices. The barriers to entry to launch a competing 

platform from scratch are therefore significant and 

give us a unique and sizeable first-mover advantage.

COBASE – EXPANDING OUR MARKET 

Highlights

 − Acquired December 2023
 − Revenue growth of 67% to €2m (2022: €1.2m)1

 − Client numbers increased 67% to 130 (2022: 78)

December saw us make our first-ever acquisition, 

Amsterdam-based Cobase, a treasury-focused 

fintech which supports corporates with seamless 

connectivity between their ERP, payment and 

banking systems (a more detailed overview of their 

offering can be found in our RNS announcement 

dated 12 October 2023).

In 2023, Cobase grew revenues by c. 67% to €2m1, 

with all revenues derived through SaaS subscription 

fees. Cobase’s client base has also increased by c. 

67% during the year, to end 2023 with over 130 clients. 

Alpha acquired circa 86% of the company for an initial 

consideration of €9.6m (£8.3m) in cash, with the 

remaining stake to be acquired via a performance-

based earn-out between 2025 and 2028.

1 Only revenue generated after Cobase’s acquisition in December is 

included in the Group’s figures, which was £0.2m.

   21

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Continued

Going forward, Cobase will retain its team and 

Our overarching preference remains to allocate 

continue to operate under its own brand, but the 

capital into high-confidence organic growth 

addition of the business expands our available 

initiatives, within both existing and potential new 

market. Their bank-connectivity technology added 

business units. Such initiatives include: extending 

to Alpha’s stable of products, means the Group 

and improving product lines and tech solutions, 

is now able to offer our corporate client base a 

expanding our territories when appropriate, or any 

comprehensive and flexible portfolio of treasury-

other moat-widening opportunities that differentiate 

focused solutions covering FX, payments, accounts, 

us from competitors. 

bank connectivity, and treasury solutions. 

In view of the Group’s confidence in the sizable and 

We look at our capital allocation policy below, but 

exciting market opportunities that are presented to 

Cobase is a good example of how we plan to partly 

us, it is the Board’s belief that, after maintaining our 

use our cash to inorganically expand Alpha where 

progressive dividend policy and initiating our £20m 

appropriate. We are often shown opportunities 

share buyback, retaining and deploying our remaining 

to acquire businesses that compete in our FXRM 

cash within the business will deliver significant levels 

marketplace, but in reviewing their clients, service 

of growth and deliver the best value for shareholders 

and teams, typically they offer more risk than 

long-term. Examples of this last year include the 

reward and do not add to our ambition. We will look 

opening of offices in Madrid and Munich, the launch 

for companies that meet our stringent criteria of 

of Fund Finance and the acquisition of Cobase.

adding technology, clients and products, together 

with the opportunity to cross-sell, and most 

As well as providing cash for investment, a strong 

importantly complement the Alpha culture.

balance sheet is also important to our counterparties, 

CAPITAL ALLOCATION AND SHARE BUY BACK

As highlighted throughout the report, the Group 

generated significant levels of cash throughout 

2023. As at 31 December 2023 we had net assets 

of £223.5m (2022 restated: £142.9m), with adjusted 

net cash increasing by £64m to over £178.8m (2022: 

£114.4m). 

As highlighted in last year’s statement, we do 

review our cash position on a regular basis, and if 

we feel our cash position becomes greater than 

we require, will look to reassess. Given the current 

cash balances and the likelihood of further cash 

generation this year, the Board agreed to implement 

a Share Buyback programme of £20m, full details 

of which can be found in our RNS announcement 

dated 29 January 2024. Purchased shares will be 

held in treasury, enabling us to use the shares to 

offset future dilution from our long-term growth 

share schemes.

as a healthy cash profile is required as collateral 

for hedging facilities, regulatory capital, and also 

provides our clients with confidence.

“The team have made 
significant strides 
in delivering on our 
accelerated investment 
programme, which has 
expanded and enhanced 
our capabilities.”

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

MAIN MARKET LISTING

As highlighted in last year’s statement and reiterated 

to the market last September, Alpha intends to move 

up to the Premium List of the Main Market. In line 

with previous guidance, we are working to complete 

this move in May 2024 with relevant workstreams 

well progressed. The rationale for the intended move 

is repeated below.

As a business that is growing in size, becoming more 

global, and gaining interest from increasingly larger 

clients, we believe a Main Market Premium listing 

will serve to further enhance our reputation and 

support our market penetration as we move into 

new countries and engage larger clients. At the same 

time, Premium Listing standards will align to Alpha’s 

commitment to providing higher levels of governance 

and disclosure, both of which we know will continue 

to be well-received by our clients, banking partners 

and investors alike.

THANK YOU

2023 was a remarkable year for Alpha. We faced 

To the team – I would like to thank you for your 

different challenges in an interest rate environment 

unwavering dedication throughout the year. Given 

not experienced since we began trading in 2010. 

that we delivered record profits, it is difficult to 

Despite a natural inclination to do more, we have 

reconcile that we didn’t achieve the underlying 

maintained our discipline and been steadfast in our 

growth we set out to, however, given the market we 

approach to both credit management and our selling 

found ourselves in, I am incredibly proud of what 

standards – delivering our clients what they need 

we achieved together. The mindset and ambition 

(even if it’s not always what they initially request 

heading into 2024 has been equally inspiring, and 

or might have been sold by other FX companies). 

this gives me confidence that together, we can meet 

We are privileged to work with some truly great 

future challenges and seize the opportunities that 

clients, and our commitment to safeguarding their 

lie ahead. 2024 has started well, and I am looking 

interests during these challenging times has gone 

forward to seeing what we can achieve together 

a long way to maintaining their trust and enhancing 

throughout the rest of the year.

our reputation further. At the same time, the team 

have made significant strides in delivering on our 

Morgan Tillbrook 

accelerated investment programme, which has 

Chief Executive Officer

expanded and enhanced our capabilities, and 

created significant efficiencies and capacity from 

which to scale whilst enjoying increasing levels of 

operational leverage.  

22

   23

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Chief Financial Officer’s Statement 
Tim Powell

2023 has seen good growth across both divisions despite a tough 
macro-economic environment, with total revenues increasing 12% 
to £110.4m (2022: £98.3m). FX Risk Management revenue grew 10% 
to £76.3m (2022: £69.5m), whilst Alternative Banking grew 18% 
to £33.9m (2022: £28.8m). Cobase, the Group’s first acquisition, 
completed on 1st December 2023 and contributed £0.2m of 
revenues in the one month of ownership in 2023.

REVENUE

ALTERNATIVE BANKING

FX RISK MANAGEMENT

Alternative Banking revenue grew 18% from £28.8m 

in the prior year to £33.9m in 2023, driven by an 

The FX Risk Management division focuses on 

increased number of accounts, as well as revenue 

supporting corporates and institutions that trade 

from our new Fund Finance offering launched in May 

currency for commercial purposes through the 

2023.

Group’s sales teams located in London, Toronto, 

Amsterdam, Milan, Madrid, Munich, and Sydney. 

Account fee revenue increased by £5.8m (76%) to 

Revenue grew by 10% over the prior year to £76.3m 

£13.5m (2022: £7.7m), as the number of accounts 

(2022: £69.5m), with a 3% increase in UK revenues 

being managed increased by over 50% from 4,200 

and a 42% increase in overseas offices’ revenues, 

to just under 6,500, and we generated a full year 

with growth across all regions except Canada. 

of income from accounts opened in the prior year. 

Revenue was up 3% in the London FX Risk 

a straight-line basis over the 12 months from the date 

Management business, driven by strong growth from 

the account was opened or renewed. At 31 December 

our institutional client base, up 55% to £23.5m (2022: 

2023 deferred revenue was £7.1m (2022: £4.9m), and 

£15.1m), partially offset by a weaker performance 

this will be recognised as revenue in 2024. 

Revenue from annual account fees is recognised on 

within our corporate client base, which was down 

14% to £35.2m (2022: £41.2m). This fall in revenue was 

The underlying operating profit margin of the 

primarily driven by the increased levels of uncertainty 

Alternative Banking division was c. 33% (2022: c. 

within the UK corporate market, resulting from the 

39%). The reduction against 2022 was predominately 

high inflation and interest rate environment. 

due to the timing mismatch of in-year investment, 

The underlying profit margin of the division increased 

environment suppressing revenues.

to c. 42%, (2022: c. 39%) with the Corporate segment 

delivering a margin of 50% (62% excluding the newer 

Fund finance had a very encouraging start with 

lower-margin overseas offices).

over £700k of revenue in its first seven months of 

increased deferred account fees and the macro 

operations.

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S STATEMENT

£2m

£74m

£186m

FXRM Growth 10%

Alternative Banking Growth 18%

£(6)m

£8m

£4m

£6m

£(1)m

£1m

£0m

£110m

£34m

£76m

£98m

£29m

£69m

2022 
Revenue

UK  
Corporate

UK 
Institutional

FXRM 
Overseas 
Offices

AB  
Account 
Revenue

AB  
Payment & 
Spot  
Revenue

Fund  
Finance

Cobase

2023  
Revenue

NTI - Client

NTI - Own

2023  
Income

FX Risk Management

Alternative Banking

FX Risk Management Margin  
2023: c.42%

Alternative Banking Margin  
2023: c.33%

50%

£40m

£20m

2023 
Corporate*

31%

£24m

£7m

51%

£9m

£4m

31%

£4m

£1m

33%

£30m

£10m

2023 
Netherlands

2023 
Institutional FXRM**

2023 
Institutional AB**

2023
Alpha Pay

PBT

Revenue

8%

£4m
£0m

2023 
Canada

*  Corporate division is primarily UK but also includes other offices not disclosed elsewhere (Milan, Madrid, Munich, and Sydney)
**For the purpose of deriving margins for Alternative Banking and FX Risk Management, the cost base of the Institutional division has been 
allocated based on revenue.

24

   25

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Financial Review 
Continued

GROUP PROFITABILITY

Underlying profit is presented in the income 

statement to allow a better understanding of the 

Group’s financial performance on a comparable basis 

from year to year. The underlying profit excludes the 

impact of the net treasury income on client balances 

(see below) and non-underlying items. On this basis, 

the underlying profit before tax, increased by 11% 

to £43m (2022: £38.6m). Statutory profit before 

tax increased by 148% to £115.9m (2022 restated: 

£46.8m).

As previously highlighted, the Group continued to 

invest in the year, some of which was accelerating 

plans from 2024 & 2025. Investments included; 

launching operations in Spain and Germany, a new 

office in London focused on Institutional clients, 

and further technology improvements to increase 

scalability and digitisation. Overall headcount 

increased in the year from 357 to over 480 at 31 

December 2023 to support future long-term growth, 

of which 21 were Cobase Employees. The underlying 

profit before tax margin, excluding Cobase, 

remained broadly flat at 38% (2022: 39%). However, 

the statutory profit before tax margin increased 

significantly to 62% (2022: 43%) reflecting the growth 

in net treasury income from client balances.

NET TREASURY INCOME (NTI)

The current interest rate environment has continued 

to allow the Group to benefit from interest income 

generated from client balances. ‘Net treasury income 

– client funds’ has contributed £73.7m of net treasury 

income in the year (last four months of 2022: £9.3m), 

with the number and size of client balances growing 

to an average of £2.1bn in Q4 2023. The Group is 

only able to obtain attractive interest rates on these 

overnight client cash balances because of our ability 

to aggregate numerous individual client balances, 

many of which are transitory in nature and typically 

only held for a short amount of time. 

26

Whilst the increased interest income stream is a 

positive boost for the Group and a natural by-product 

of our increasingly diversified product offering, we are 

mindful that aspects of its dynamics are driven by 

macroeconomics beyond our control. As previously 

outlined, we have therefore chosen to recognise this 

income on client balances as ‘net treasury income – client 

balances’ and exclude it from our underlying results. 

This year the Group has also generated net treasury 

income on the initial and variation margins it requires 

for its FX Risk Management client relationships. These 

balances contribute to the Group’s cash and cash 

equivalent balances and directly relate to the operating 

activities of the business. Therefore, we have decided to 

separately disclose these amounts within total income 

at the top of the Income Statement as opposed to within 

finance income, totalling £1.8m (2022: £nil).

TAXATION

The effective tax rate for the period was 23% (2022: 17%). 

The increase in effective rate is primarily due to the 

change in UK corporation tax from 19% to 25% in April 

2023. The rate was lower than the pro rata UK headline 

rate of 23.5% due to the mix of profits across our global 

subsidiaries. There were no other material changes in 

underlying rates. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Underlying basic earnings per share was flat at 76.7p 

(2022: 76.3p), whilst total earnings per share were over 

120% higher at 206.2p (2022: 92.1p). The impact of the 

increased corporate rates of taxation was to suppress 

underlying basic EPS by c. 6p and basic EPS by c. 14p.

206.2p

76.3p

76.7p

92.1p

Underlying EPS

EPS

2022

2023

STRATEGIC REPORT  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S STATEMENT

Net cash and cash equivalents

Variation margin paid to banking counterparties

Margin received from clients*

Net MTM timing of profit from client drawdowns and 

extensions within trade receivables

ADJUSTED NET CASH**

31 DECEMBER 2023 
 £’000 

31 DECEMBER 2022 
 £’000 

197.9

11.1

209.0

(51.1)

20.9

178.8

136.8

44.9

181.7

(70.2)

2.9

114.4

*   Included in ‘other payables’ within ‘trade and other payables’.
** Excluding collateral received from clients, collateral paid to banking counterparties, early settlement of trades and the unrealised mark to  
     market profit or loss from client swaps and rolls.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

corresponding change in other payables and trade 

The Group monitors its performance using several 

key performance indicators which are reviewed 

at operational and Board level. The key financial 

performance indicators are revenue, total income, 

underlying profit before tax, profit before tax, 

PBT margin, number of FXRM clients, number 

of Alternative Banking client accounts, and the 

number of FXRM Front Office staff. 

CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

In the year ended 31 December 2023, 53% of the 

revenue in the year was derived from products 

where the revenue is converted into cash within a 

few days of the trade date (2022: 57%). Including 

net treasury income, cash conversion increased 

to 72% in 2023 (2022: 60%). This has continued to 

have a positive impact on the Group’s cash flow. On 

a statutory basis, net cash and cash equivalents 

increased in the year by £61m to £198m. 

The Group’s statutory cash position can fluctuate 

significantly from day to day due to the impact of 

changes in: collateral paid to banking partners, 

margin received from clients, early settlement of 

trades, or the unrealised mark-to-market profit 

or loss from client swaps. These movements 

result in an increase or decrease in cash with a 

receivables. Therefore, in addition to the statutory 

cash flow, the Group presents an adjusted net 

cash summary excluding these items, shown above.  

On this basis, adjusted net cash increased in the 

year by £64m to £179m.  The overall net assets of 

the Group increased in the year by £81m to £223m.

Tim Powell  

Chief Financial Officer

   27

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023  
 
Financial Review 
Continued

PRIOR PERIOD RESTATEMENT

BUYBACK

After reviewing the IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment 

In January 2024 we announced a share buyback 

standard and related guidance from the IFRIC, 

programme of up to £20m; as at 18 March 2024  

the Group has concluded that share ownership 

we had purchased 332,429 shares at a total cost 

schemes that grant employees shares or options in 

of £5.7m.

DIVIDEND

Following the strong full year results, the Board 

is pleased to declare a final dividend of 12.3p 

per share (2022 – 11.0p). Subject to shareholder 

approval, the final dividend will be payable to 

shareholders on the register at 5 April 2024, and 

will be paid on 10 May 2024. This represents a  

total dividend for the year of 16.0p per share  

(2022: 14.4p). 

Tim Powell  

Chief Financial Officer

subsidiaries, with conversion rights to the holding 

company should be accounted for under IFRS 2 

Share-Based Payment, rather than a non-controlling 

interest in a subsidiary. As a result of this, the 

previous years’ non-controlling interest recognised 

over the annual profits of the subsidiaries were 

overstated.

In addition, a number of other amounts relating 

to these schemes have been restated in 2022, 

namely the share-based payment charge to the 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 

the share premium recognised on vesting, and other 

receivables relating to the purchase of the options. 

Accordingly, the Group has restated its financial 

statements in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting 

Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’. 

The correction of these entries in 2022 results in a 

slight decrease to profit after tax (£0.4m), an increase 

to profits attributed to shareholders of the parent 

(£2.7m), an increase to retained earnings (£4.6m), and 

an increase to basic earnings per share (5.3p).

Full details of the restatement are shown in note 4 of 

the accounts on page 119.

COBASE

On 1 December 2023 the group acquired a c. 86% 

stake in Cobase – an innovative, cloud-based provider 

of bank connectivity technology that enables 

corporates to manage their banking relationships, 

accounts, and transaction activity via one single 

interface. The balance sheet has been incorporated 

into the Group’s 31 December financial position. The 

income statement impact in 2023 of one month of 

trading was: revenue of £0.2m, EBITDA £nil, and a 

loss before tax of £0.2m.  

28

STRATEGIC REPORT  KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Key Performance Indicators

The following KPIs are used to track the performance of the business against the Group’s strategy on page 18-20.

REVENUE 

FXRM CLIENT NUMBERS3 

The income from services and products provided to 
clients during the year.

The number of clients that have generated revenues 
in excess of £10,000 over the previous 12 months.

£110.4M

1,071

2023

2022

2021

2020

£77.5m

£46.2m

£110.4m

£98.3m

2019

£35.4m

2018

£23.5m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

1,071

1,047

881

754

648

482

UNDERLYING PROFIT BEFORE TAX 1 

FXRM FRONT OFFICE HEADCOUNT

Profit before interest, tax, exceptional items and 
share-based payments.

The number of employees in Front Office employed 
by the Group as at 31 December of each year.

£43.0M

£43.0m

£38.6m

£33.4m

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

£17.5m

£14.6m

£10.0m

120

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

67

66

64

51

120

102

PROFIT BEFORE TAX  

£115.9M

2023

20222

£46.8m

2021

£33.2m

2020

£17.1m

2019 

£13.5m

2018

£9.7m

£115.9m

ALTERNATIVE BANKING ACCOUNTS INVOICED

The number of accounts opened by clients that were 
live at the period end.

6,467

2023

2022

2021

1,746

6,467

4,200

58.3p

1 Underlying excludes the impact of non-cash share-based payments, net treasury income 
on client balances, one-off listing-related and M&A costs and amortisation of purchased 
intangibles in 2023, and in the prior years, exceptional property-related costs.

2 Full details of the restatement are shown in Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

3 The Group excludes Training Accounts (those that have generated less than £10,000 in 
revenue since being onboarded) in order to provide a clearer picture of client retention  
for the purpose of these figures.

   29

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Our Businesses 
FX Risk Management

WHO ARE WE HELPING?

REVENUE FY2023 (£) 

Our FX Risk Management division focuses on 

supporting corporate and institutional clients 

that need to buy or sell currency for commercial 

purposes, typically for buying and selling goods 

and services overseas, or to fix the underlying 

value of an asset or liability.

The clients that we support are regularly 

impacted by movements in exchange rates, 

and therefore exposed to material risk that 

can significantly impact their performance 

and profitability. We support them by providing 

strategies and technologies that enable them to 

£76.3M

(2022: £69.5M)

CLIENT NUMBERS

1,071

(2022: 1,047)

mitigate risk by managing the impact of currency 

% GROUP REVENUE

volatility more easily and effectively. Similar to 

a traditional currency broker, we then underpin 

these solutions with a variety of ways to buy 

and sell currency – from simple spot contracts 

through to more sophisticated hedging products. 

Despite our consultative approach, we charge no 

69%

upfront costs or retainer fees, instead monetising 

WHAT PROBLEM ARE WE SOLVING?

our services through commissions on forward, 

option and spot contracts.

To understand the distinctiveness of our model, 

one must first understand the following three 

STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

The latter of these is more complex, and where 

When considering the answers to the above, it’s 

clients naturally face the biggest challenge – and 

important to first understand what “bad” looks 

this is where Alpha focuses its proposition and 

like. Essentially this falls into one of the two camps 

differentiates itself the most.

mentioned above: under-hedging (hedging too little, 

including nothing) or over-hedging (hedging too 

Some examples of the questions that decision-

much). For organisations that are hedging cash-flow 

makers continuously need to consider when hedging 

forecasts, the implications of under or over-hedging 

include: how to approach fixing the rate and how not 

can be significant. For corporates, it can materially 

to approach it, when to fix the rate and when not to, 

impact their purchasing and pricing power, and for 

how much is too much, and how much is not enough. 

funds, it can impact their investment performance. In 

Only by answering these questions correctly can 

both cases, this results in reduced competitiveness 

they ultimately avoid the problem of under or over-

and profits. Additionally, over-hedging can also lead 

hedging.

to margin calls that result in cash outflows that 

can negatively affect the business. The aim is to 

ii. What ‘good’ risk management looks like 

ultimately get the balance right and ensure that 

To develop a well-balanced hedging solution, the 

profits aren’t unnecessarily eroded, commercial 

first step is to start with the business itself. We 

objectives aren’t unnecessarily obstructed, and the 

cannot, with any integrity, propose a solution to a 

day-to-day running of the business is not negatively 

client without understanding how their business 

impacted. Understandably, this is easier said than 

works. Thus, our primary focus is to obtain a deep 

done. Part of the difficulty in answering these 

understanding of an organisation’s operating 

questions and striking the right balance stems from 

model, any supply chain considerations, their target 

the fact that decision-makers are faced with a web of 

market, competitive landscape, profit margins, cash 

complexity and distraction from the FX market itself.

constraints (cyclical or not), pain points that make 

the day-to-day operations harder to navigate, and, 

iii. Fear, Greed, & Sub-optimal Decision-making 

importantly, the core commercial short, medium, 

Whilst there is risk from unfavourable volatility, 

and long-term objectives of the key decision-

there is also “opportunity” from favourable currency 

makers and owners. This understanding gives us 

swings. It is not uncommon therefore for businesses 

a base foundation from which a strategic hedging 

to be driven by a desire on the one hand to protect 

programme can then be built. 

their margins, and on the other, to increase their 

profitability. The combination of both introduces 

The annual global market opportunity for our 

considerations: i) the ongoing challenge that 

The next step is to determine how to protect the 

two quite strong emotional drivers into the decision-

FXRM division is estimated to be worth over 

businesses with a recurring exposure to currency 

business against currency volatility itself. At this 

making equation – fear and greed – an age-old 

£200bn, meaning we have captured less than 

volatility are faced with, ii) what a well-balanced 

point we want to explore the following questions: 

human problem which negatively influences the 

1%. Our main competitors are banks, who hold 

hedging solution looks like, and iii) the set of FX-

i) how much to hedge, ii) which instrument to use, 

performance of a hedging strategy. When faced with 

an estimated market share of over 80% through 

related conditions that create a web of complexity, 

iii) when to hedge, and iv) how often to revisit these 

such unpredictability, the one thing that people will 

pre-existing relationships, with the remaining 

and often suboptimal decision making, for 

20% held by non-bank foreign exchange 

businesses to navigate through. 

brokers. We service this marketplace through 

our Corporate and Institutional teams in the UK, 

i. The challenge our clients face 

questions. The possible solutions will consider the 

often seek the most is reassurance. Often however 

commercial risk posed to the business because 

they find this in the wrong places. Consequently, it’s 

of volatility itself (indicating what an organisation 

quite normal for decision makers to seek counsel 

needs to do to protect itself), the cash position 

from those “in the know” about which way the market 

Canada, the Netherlands, Italy, Australia, Spain 

Any organisation with ongoing exposure to currency 

and creditworthiness of the business (indicating 

is likely to move. This usually comes in the form of 

and Germany. We are sector agnostic and our 

volatility must continuously and appropriately 

what they can afford to do), and the risk appetite 

market commentaries or forecasts, and despite 

revenues are highly diversified across a variety of 

determine how to protect their business against the 

and commercial objectives of the decision-makers 

this approach producing suboptimal results when 

sectors, currencies and continents, with clients 

risk that currency volatility creates. This can range 

(indicating what they would like to do). 

measured over the medium to long-term, to this day 

in over 50 countries.

from hedging firm commitments, through to hedging 

cashflow forecasts. 

it remains the default service offering by both banks 

and non-banks alike.

30

   31

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FX Risk Management 
Continued

In our experience, most banks are passive and 

THE SHORT-TERM TRAP

risk-averse, sending generic in-house forecasts and 

analysis en-masse to their customer base, usually via 

email. Our non-bank competitors on the other hand 

typically actively engage in providing businesses with 

personal predictions and opinions, as well as producing 

generic commentary and in-house forecasts.

Adding to the complexity is the plethora of financial 

instruments available to businesses, which can also 

be placed into one of two camps: (i) genuine risk 

management products with a commercial purpose, 

and (ii) speculative products that are akin to gambling. 

Regarding the speculative products, these instruments 

serve no logical purpose in a genuine risk management 

strategy and tend to offer immediate short-term 

benefits by providing a more favourable exchange 

rate today, at the expense of committing the client to 

a potentially more undesirable exchange rate in the 

future – hence the gamble. Despite the odds being 

firmly against the client, these instruments remain 

highly alluring to many.

The final challenge relates to the ongoing conflict of 

interest created by the traditional commission model 

within non-banks. Notably, the immediate short-term 

earning potential for the individuals involved in the 

sale and dealing of FX, often stands to compromise 

the integrity of their hedging advice in terms of timing, 

quantum, and product.

Collectively, the problems outlined above serve to 

fuel fear and greed tendencies, and subsequently 

suboptimal decision-making, at a time when a 

balanced and strategic approach to managing currency 

is often needed the most. We refer to this as the Short-

term Trap. The obvious question to ask is, if the Short-

term Trap leads to such suboptimal outcomes, why 

then does it persist? Ultimately, the answer to this lies 

in the fact that international businesses will always be 

faced with a recurring decision to buy or sell currency 

(this will never go away), and as long as that decision 

remains intrinsically linked to a live moving variable 

(FX rates), it will continue to create the conditions for 

success or failure. Furthermore, in an industry where 

FX providers and the global media continue to indulge 

and promote FX market forecasts and commentary, 

a convention is established that lures businesses 

into believing there is genuine value and credibility in 

relying on them.

If this approach is fundamentally flawed, why don’t 

more providers choose to challenge the short-term 

cycle? The answer to this is simple – people are 

human with emotional drivers that are unfortunately 

easy to sell to, and the commercial opportunity to 

monetise this with short-term market opinions and/or 

speculative products, is inherently easier and lucrative 

in the short-term.

The conditions that our clients face can therefore be 

HOW WE DIFFERENTIATE – “THE ALPHA WAY”

summarised as follows: significant sums of risk linked 

to a recurring business decision, overseen by human 

beings who are prone to making imperfect decisions, 

linked to a variable that is hard to predict and can 

both boost or cripple performance, with instruments 

that vary wildly and can be difficult to understand, and 

influenced by advice that often has a short-term focus 

and can be self-serving in nature. If it sounds like a lot, 

it’s because it is!

If the traditional way of doing things is easier, why 

have we chosen a more difficult path? Ultimately 

this comes down to three things – integrity, purpose, 

and sustainability. In terms of integrity – we know the 

short-term model is not in the long-term interest of 

our clients. In terms of purpose – we are genuinely 

passionate about solving the problem of currency risk 

for our clients; in an industry fixated on the direction 

of FX markets and being part of the fanfare that 

surrounds them, we are proud to be different and 

have a clear vision to become the global leader in FX 

risk management. And in terms of sustainability – we 

STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

believe it is easier to keep the clients you have, 

Keeping it simple 

by providing sound risk management advice that 

In terms of the hedging products we recommend 

delivers consistent results over the long-term.

to our clients, we know that, used in the right way, 

simple products are, in the vast majority of cases, 

Ultimately, by avoiding the path of least resistance, 

far more effective than complex or speculative 

we set out to remain a business that is long-term, 

ones at managing currency risk. To support this 

high-growth, and a global leader in its space. 

ethos, we incentivise our people by deliberately 

However, by leaning into a more difficult path 

paying significantly lower rates of remuneration 

our challenge becomes, how can we navigate 

on more complex products, whilst celebrating and 

it successfully? This comes down to three core 

over-rewarding scenarios where we successfully 

components: our Business Philosophy, our 

talk clients down from more complex ones, to using 

Performance Culture, and our Remuneration System.

simple ones. Our philosophy has always been to 

PILLAR 1. OUR BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY

avoid the path of least resistance and challenge 

clients on what they need versus what they want.

Over the past fourteen years we have made it our 

Effective strategy requires a deep understanding 

mission to distinguish ourselves away from the short-

of how a client’s organisation works, in order to 

term, FX-focused, and sales-led services that have 

diagnose their challenges and build an appropriate 

always been abundant in the market. We have sought 

solution. This cannot be achieved by talking to a 

to challenge preconceived ideas of what “good” looks 

client about their generic “FX requirements” only 

like by prioritising the commercial development and 

to put forward a pre-conceived FX solution. This is 

acumen of our people, and engaging in conversations 

just a sales conversation. What is needed instead 

that seek to genuinely understand our clients’ 

is a business conversation – one that evaluates 

businesses and what they truly need, rather than 

the client’s business dynamics, competitive 

what they might want, or have become accustomed 

environment, and commercial objectives, 

to. 

in order that we can then tailor appropriate 

risk management principles to their unique 

Risk management led 

circumstances. Only by adopting this approach can 

Our approach to managing currency volatility is risk 

a well-balanced hedging strategy be achieved. 

management-led, not FX market-led. We know that 

nobody can reliably predict the currency market, 

and to pretend otherwise would compromise our 

clients’ commercial objectives. Our belief is that any 

SUMMARY

conversations around currency markets and “when” 

Our business philosophy intrinsically takes us down 

to buy should only take place after a clearly defined 

risk management strategy is in place. It is for this 

reason that we don’t consider ourselves, nor position 

ourselves, as FX market experts, and therefore, unlike 

our peers, since inception we have never published 

FX market commentary, analysis or forecasts. In fact, 

we don’t believe the notion of an FX market expert 

even exists or carries any legitimacy at all.

A risk management culture, like Alpha’s, versus one 

that indulges market commentary and forecasts, are 

mutually exclusive and deliver distinctly different 

outcomes.

a more challenging path, but we believe this leads to 

more meaningful and sustainable results. By forging 

long-term relationships with our clients based on 

value, credibility, and trust, the rewards that follow 

(which are proven to compound over time) create 

strong earning potential for our people, and strong 

sustainable value for our investors. Everyone wins.

32

   33

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FX Risk Management 
Continued

PILLAR 2. OUR PERFORMANCE CULTURE

sub-component of our performance culture, which is 

Our second core component is our performance 

culture. We are relentlessly committed to cultivating 

a team-oriented performance environment that runs 

through the entire organisation. We believe highly 

effective, team-led systems drive higher levels of 

performance, versus a cluster of highly talented 

individuals working independently and focused on 

self-interest. But team-led systems need organising, 

they need direction, and they need purpose: our 

performance culture is our second core component 

and acts as a central pillar in helping us achieve this. 

It has several sub-components, the first of which is 

development.

Everyone’s getting better 

In many organisations, development is something 

which is reserved for more junior people, and the 

more senior you become the less you are expected 

to develop. We do not subscribe to this notion, and 

instead our focus on development is both top-down 

and bottom-up, from our most entry-level people, to 

our most senior. By creating an environment where 

ensuring this journey remains enjoyable for everyone. 

Yes, we want to get better, and yes we want to 

operate at an elite level, but we also want this to be 

fun – not least because we believe enjoyment is an 

integral ingredient to performing at a higher level. 

Ultimately our people are our most treasured asset, 

and we demand a lot from them. For our people-led 

model to remain sustainable it’s imperative we invest 

in them appropriately. 

SUMMARY

In any high-performing sports team, what separates 

those who finish first, from those who don’t, is 

their intent. Individually and collectively, they train 

that extra bit harder, they create a culture where 

1% improvements are both valued and sought out, 

they empower and elevate one another, and they 

constantly look to invest in areas that will make the 

boat go that little bit faster. We subscribe to the 

everyone is getting better, seeking out their next level 

belief that business is no different. It’s one of the 

of performance, and addressing inconvenient facts 

main reasons we have established an exciting and 

or uncovering uncomfortable truths, we continuously 

long-standing relationship with a world-renowned 

performance coach, Dr Ceri Evans, who, in addition 

 to Alpha, works with some of the world’s most 

respected and successful sports teams.

elevate our collective potential. 

A winning mindset  

Across all divisions and departments, we want 

to be considered exceptional at what we do and 

pursue excellence in every field. Throughout the 

organisation we emphasise that, whoever you are 

and whatever role you play, we all have an obligation 

STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

and a clear cultural direction. We then reinforce our 

Ultimately, we want our people to prioritise client 

approach with very deliberate and well-designed 

retention and acting in the long-term interests of 

remuneration structures.

their clients, rather than be influenced by the need to 

hit a short-term recurring revenue target.

Despite our strong track record of growth, since 

inception, our Front Office employees have never 

We also use remuneration to both incentivise and 

had a recurring revenue target for existing clients – 

disincentivise our people relative to the complexity 

not at the individual client level or across their wider 

of the products they sell (i.e. the more complex 

portfolio. We believe this is not only unique in our 

the product, the lower the remuneration). We 

industry, but also in sales environments. Instead, 

believe in most instances the simplest solution or 

we opt solely for monthly new business targets that 

product should always be prioritised, which often 

are deliberately modest and static. We believe this 

means less revenue today, but more over time. In 

approach is critical in driving the right behaviour 

an industry where the sale of complex products is 

at the outset of a new client relationship and in 

often overly rewarded, and the people that sell them 

delivering consistent positive client outcomes over 

are pedestalled as experts, this is a key cultural 

the long-term, which then leads to high levels of 

difference.

retention and allows us to organically increase our 

wallet share over time. 

DIFFERENTIATION AT A GLANCE

THE TRADITIONAL WAY

THE ALPHA WAY

FX Market “Experts”

Risk Management Experts

Sales & FX market conversations

Business & risk management conversations

Publish market predictions & commentary 

Avoid the noise and distraction of the markets 

Recurring revenue targets

No recurring revenue targets since inception

PILLAR 3. OUR REMUNERATION SYSTEM

Promote complex products

Promote simple products

to achieve and uphold a reputation of excellence. Our 

Our remuneration system is the third component of 

people knowingly sign up to this when they join, it is 

our model and is designed to both complement our 

one of our most important guiding principles and, 

business philosophy and regulate our performance 

unsurprisingly, it is not for everyone.

culture.

Enjoying the journey 

As a fast-growing business with growth expectations 

Performance environments can be mentally and 

from investors, one could envisage a conflict 

physically taxing, and we don’t want our people to 

between our long-term principles and results-

become slaves to performance or burn out. Thus, 

oriented environment. We however feel the two are 

we place a huge amount of importance on the third 

aligned and show this through strong leadership 

Sell clients what they want

Sell clients what they need

High volumes of low-value clients

Low volumes of high-value clients

Legacy technology, built for the mass market

Cutting-edge technology, purpose-built for currency 

risk management

34

   35

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Our Businesses 
Alternative Banking

WHO ARE WE HELPING?

REVENUE FY2023 (£) 

Our global accounts solution has been purpose-

built for alternative investment managers 

and the corporate service providers and fund 

administrators that support them (“Service 

Providers”). These clients require local accounts in 

key investment jurisdictions for their investment 

vehicles, typically for the purpose of asset sales, 

purchases, or distributions. Fund types typically 

include: private equity, private debt, venture capital, 

real estate, infrastructure and fund of funds.

As our reputation and capabilities have grown, 

we are seeing increasing levels of interest from 

service providers who wish to partner with us. 

These organisations are responsible for managing 

a number of back office activities on behalf of 

funds and their underlying investment entities, 

including: opening and managing accounts, 

sending payments, and FX execution. Such service 

providers can range significantly in size, with 

our existing partners estimated to be managing 

anywhere between 2,000 and 30,000 investment 

£33.9M

(2022: £28.8M)

LIVE ACCOUNTS

6,467

(2022: 4,200)

% GROUP REVENUE

31%

THE PROBLEM

entities each. Each of these investment entities will 

Whether you are an investment manager or one of 

typically require their own local account, therefore 

their service providers, opening and managing bank 

representing a significant undertaking for these 

accounts in key investment jurisdictions is often a 

service providers.

time-consuming, resource-intensive, and unreliable 

Data company Preqin tracks 180,000+ alternative 

process.

fund profiles globally, and we estimate that 

Whilst this can be a significant headache for individual 

each fund will have, on average, ten assets, each 

investment managers, these problems are amplified 

requiring accounts. Based on these calculations we 

considerably for the service providers tasked with 

are barely scratching the surface of the market. Our 

managing many thousands of accounts on their behalf, 

competition is almost exclusively banks.

day-in, day-out. For these service providers, the sheer 

number of interactions across all their bank accounts 

Our clients operate globally, with their funds 

for workstreams such as onboarding KYC, payments, 

domiciled in key investment jurisdictions, in 

FX, and reporting, is staggering. Furthermore, if the 

particular Europe, Singapore (Asia) and the USA 

quality of these interactions is poor or inefficient, 

(Americas). Our existing regulatory scope means 

it leads to significant pain and cost for the service 

we can currently service each fund’s European 

provider. We are on a mission to bring down the 

business, with an application in Singapore 

number of these interactions, whilst simultaneously 

underway to expand our global reach.

raising their quality.

STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

To understand the scale of this problem and why 

it exists, it is helpful to explain the availability of 

options in the marketplace today. Traditional banks 

have generalised, low-touch offerings built on legacy 

systems that are designed to handle standard 

corporate and retail clients at scale. They are not 

however built to handle the specialised and often 

complex nature of alternative investment structures. 

This (as will be outlined later) requires a high-tech, 

high-quality service, underpinned by specialised teams, 

processes and technologies. As a result, for traditional 

providers, servicing these entities to a high standard 

and efficiently is simply not viable over the long term. 

For most clients, the result is an unreliable and time-

intensive banking experience. Opening accounts can 

take months, as clients manually navigate a back and 

forth of onerous KYC and compliance processes, often 

with customer representatives who do not specialise 

in their industry. Furthermore, if an account is granted, 

there is often considerable uncertainty over whether 

it will remain open, with many of our clients reporting 

that banks have closed their accounts at short notice. 

In our experience, this is because the ongoing KYC 

and compliance obligations outweigh the revenue the 

bank is able to generate on the account. Often this also 

“Our approach is 
underpinned by three 
service principles: 
speed, responsiveness 
and reliability, and 
everything we do is 
considered through 
these lenses.”

Ultimately, our own success in this space was only 

possible because of the maturity of our core business, 

and ability to become a specialist “start-up” through 

our decentralisation strategy. Our clients now benefit 

from dedicated people, processes and technologies, 

alongside the capabilities of an established PLC 

business, a strong Group balance sheet, and a track 

record they can trust. It’s a rare combination and 

one that provides us with a significant competitive 

advantage. 

means that clients will only be granted accounts on 

WHAT WE DO

the basis that they agree to take on ancillary services, 

despite these services not always being commercially 

preferable.

The difficulty traditional providers face when servicing 

this marketplace naturally invites the question, “Why 

have no new providers entered this space?” The reality 

is, to do this successfully, you need three key things: 

segment focus and expertise, dedicated processes 

and systems, and importantly, a balance sheet and 

track record that can be trusted. As a publicly listed 

company with a strong balance sheet and a track 

record of processing tens of billions in transactions, 

even Alpha still comes under significant amounts of 

due diligence and scrutiny before service providers and 

investment managers open an account with us. Any 

fintech seeking to service this calibre of client however 

would rarely have the expertise, track record, balance 

sheet, or blue-chip local banking relationships, needed 

to get a robust solution up and running. 

At Alpha, we have built a leading accounts solutions 

dedicated to the alternative investment industry – a 

bank alternative, built for Alternatives. Our clients 

benefit from people, processes and technology that 

have been purpose-built for their industry, and this 

makes a significant difference to both the efficiency 

and service levels they receive – whether they are an 

investment manager managing multiple accounts, or 

a service provider managing thousands. Working with 

Alpha, clients can be confident they will be able to have 

an account when they need it, where they need it and 

without any of the traditional hassle, uncertainty or 

ancillary obligations typically associated with opening 

and maintaining these accounts. Furthermore, once 

accounts are open, we provide an intuitive online 

platform for managing all accounts within one place, 

enabling clients to gain a top-level view of accounts 

across their entire structure, as well as segregated 

views across individual SPVs – providing even more 

improvements in efficiency and visibility.

36

   37

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

Alternative Banking Solutions 
Continued

Ultimately our aim is for every interaction with clients 

MONETISATION

to be as efficient and streamlined as possible, whilst 

also remaining highly controlled and compliant. Our 

approach is underpinned by three service principles: 

speed, responsiveness and reliability, and everything 

we do is considered through these lenses. Once again, 

whilst this makes a big difference to investment 

managers, for service providers that are managing 

thousands of accounts for hundreds of different 

investment managers, the benefits of these efficiencies 

are compounded significantly, and make a sizeable 

difference to their day-to-day operations, and thus, the 

quality and profitability of their own service offerings.

We typically generate revenues through annually 

recurring subscription fees against each account that 

is opened. A number of these accounts will often then 

go on to process payments and FX transactions at 

key stages throughout their lifecycle, which provide 

additional revenue opportunities. Importantly, 

providing clients with an account also gives us the 

opportunity to build enduring relationships with the 

investment managers. This means that even when 

the existing assets or funds come to the end of 

their lifecycles (typically 5-7 years), we will have the 

opportunity to work with the investment manager on 

their other investments and funds in the future.

DIFFERENTIATION AT A GLANCE

THE TRADITIONAL WAY

THE ALPHA WAY

One-size-fits-all approach, servicing mass volumes 

People, processes and technology dedicated to the 

of corporate and retail clients.

alternative investment industry

Low-touch reactive service delivered by generalist 

High-quality proactive service delivered by 

teams

specialist teams

Generic compliance processes and manual, 

Bespoke compliance processes and streamlined, 

resource-intensive onboarding 

digitalised onboarding

Slow and unreliable account opening times

Fast and reliable account opening times

Inability to access local accounts in key investment 

Local accounts available across key investment 

jurisdictions

jurisdictions

Ancillary revenue obligations and minimum spends 

Fixed and transparent annual fee, with no ancillary 

required to keep accounts opened

obligations or minimum spends

Accounts managed via multiple banks, platforms 

All accounts managed through a single platform, 

and logins

built for managing multiple investment entities

Legacy technology, built for the mass market

Cutting-edge technology, purpose-built for 

alternative investments

38

   39

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Our Businesses 
Fund Finance1

WHO WE WORK WITH

REVENUE MAY 2023 - DEC 2023

Phase 1 – Digital Screening 

BENEFITS TO LENDERS

STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

Our fund finance offering is focused on providing 

investment managers with a more efficient and 

cost-effective way of obtaining borrowing facilities 

for their funds. Such facilities typically consist of 

short-term revolving credit facilities (Capital Call, NAV 

Facilities, GP Facilities) designed to optimise liquidity 

and returns throughout key stages in the fund’s 

lifecycle.

Preqin reports that there are circa 50,000 fund 

managers globally and conservatively, we believe that 

there are c. 20,000 of these that have between 1-2 

borrowing requirements per year. These clients are 

primarily split out across North America, Europe, and 

Asia, with the remaining distributed across the rest of 

the world. As a result of Alpha’s existing client base, 

our focus has initially been on European funds and 

their managers, however, our ability to sell further 

£700k+

MANDATES COMPLETED

28

HEADCOUNT

5

afield is not restricted, and we are already seeing 

Unsurprisingly therefore, our research has shown 

interest outside of Europe.

THE PROBLEM

that (depending on complexity) arranging a facility 

can typically take anywhere between 3-9 months 

when screening across a pool of lenders.

With over 200 lenders in the marketplace, each 

with their own lending appetite, accessing fund 

WHAT WE DO

finance has traditionally been a time-consuming and 

At Alpha, we’re disrupting the traditional fund 

resource-intensive process for investment managers. 

finance intermediary model. By combining a highly 

Furthermore, even once the right lender has been 

experienced fund finance team with smart systems, 

identified, the process of structuring a loan, agreeing 

processes and technologies, we are making it easier 

and underwriting terms, engaging legal teams, and 

than ever before to secure the right facility on the 

onboarding, creates large and complex manual 

right terms. Our offering has been built in a modular 

workstreams. This would be the case if a borrower 

manner, broken down across two key phases, in 

was only engaging with one lender; however, if a 

order to provide our clients with the flexibility to 

borrower wants to validate the competitiveness 

pick and choose the services that best meet their 

of the terms they receive, they will typically need 

requirements.

to engage with multiple. Given the sheer size and 

ever-changing nature of the market, screening 

even just a handful of lenders (let alone 250) is 

either, internally very time-intensive, or requires 

expensive outsourcing to traditional debt advisers. 

1 Fund finance was established within our Alternative Banking 
division, and therefore headcount and revenue contributions are 
currently recognised within Alternative Banking. 

Our team begin by working in consultation with 

clients to help them identify the right borrowing 

facilities for them and create a borrowing profile. 

With this profile in place, we will screen their 

requirements across a large universe of lenders 

using our digital fund finance platform. Our fund 

finance platform is the first of its kind in the 

marketplace and uses digital automation and our 

proprietary lender database to take a process 

As well as offering significant benefits to borrowers, 

lenders also stand to benefit considerably from 

featuring on Alpha’s fund finance platform, as 

it provides them with fast access to a large and 

growing pool of pre-qualified borrowers that match 

their specific requirements, as well as streamlined 

administration of their loans.

that would traditionally take months (or not be 

A STRONG FIRST-MOVER ADVANTAGE

carried out at all) and condense it down to a 

matter of minutes. At the same time, by screening 

the borrower’s requirements across the whole 

of the market, clients gain unprecedented levels 

of market validation, and can therefore be more 

confident than ever before in the competitiveness 

of the terms they receive. 

After using our screening tool, borrowers will 

receive a custom-built report of relevant lenders. 

From here, we offer a matching service, where we 

will secure heads of terms for a facility from one or 

more lenders.

Phase 2 – Structuring & Execution 

The second phase of our offering is focused on 

using the fund finance team’s knowledge and 

expertise to negotiate, structure and execute the 

client’s facility on their behalf. Here our focus is on 

ensuring the process is as efficient as possible for 

the borrowers and that they can feel confident they 

are receiving the right facility on the right terms.

MONETISATION

There are two main ways we generate revenues 

from our fund finance offering. For phase 1 of our 

offering, we charge a platform screening fee, and 

for phase 2, we charge advisory fees, which vary 

depending on the depth of support the client would 

like us to provide.

For a platform solution to be worthwhile for 

borrowers and lenders, there needs to be speed 

and scale on both sides of the equation: borrowers 

want to know they can instantly screen across a 

large pool of lenders, whilst lenders want to know 

they are going to have easy access to a sizeable 

pool of borrowers.

In our experience, however, traditional providers 

are not set up to deliver this. Whilst they offer high 

levels of expertise, their offerings rely solely on 

human delivery. As a result, the speed and scale 

of their operations are heavily limited, with most 

fund finance intermediaries consisting of a cadre of 

advisers, working with a small number of borrowers 

each year. 

This is where Alpha differs. In terms of scale – 

through the success of our FX Risk Management 

and Alternative Banking divisions, we have been 

able to enter this market with an existing client base 

of over 1,300 investment managers, all of whom are 

potential borrowers. And in terms of speed – we are 

able to use the Group’s strong capital position and 

capabilities in technology to build a digital offering 

that can process a workstream that would have 

taken months, in a matter of minutes. As a result, we 

believe we have a strong and sizeable first-mover 

advantage in this market and an opportunity to 

drive meaningful improvements within the industry. 

40

   41

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Our Businesses 
Cobase

INTRODUCTION

REVENUE FY2023 (€) 

STRATEGIC RATIONALE

Joining Alpha Group in December 2023, Cobase 

is an innovative, cloud-based provider of bank 

connectivity technology that enables corporates to 

manage their banking relationships, accounts, and 

transaction activity via one single interface. In doing 

so, the company unlocks significant operational and 

financial efficiencies, especially for international 

businesses, with multiple banking relationships 

across the world.

Without Cobase, companies have to manage multiple 

€2m1

MANDATES COMPLETED

~ 130

platforms and integrations across an array of banks, 

HEADCOUNT

significantly reducing the efficiency and visibility 

with which they can manage their payments, cash 

management and treasury functions. The more banks 

and accounts a company has, the more challenging 

this becomes.

21

Companies can utilise Cobase’s solution either 

This makes Cobase a flexible and accessible option 

directly through its platform or via its off-the-

for corporates that would benefit from many of 

shelf ERP connections, with widely used solutions 

the features of a TMS, but have been put off by the 

providers such as Oracle, Netsuite, Microsoft 

time, costs and expertise traditionally required to 

Dynamics and SAP S4/HANA. The ease and simplicity 

implement and maintain one.

with which this connectivity can be offered is a key 

differentiator in a marketplace where it is typically 

The company was founded in 2017 by Jorge 

only achieved through enterprise-grade Treasury 

Schafraad, and is made up of 21 people 

Management Systems (“TMSs”). Such systems 

headquartered in Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The 

require expensive and resource-intensive manual 

platform has already benefitted from significant 

integrations with separate banking and payment 

investment prior to Alpha’s acquisition, and a 

providers, as well as separate memberships with 

visionary management team, creating an innovative 

networks such as SWIFT. As a result, research of 

multibank platform that has over 500 bank 

Alpha’s existing client base shows that less than 10% 

connections across more than 80 countries. 

are using a traditional TMS. 

Cobase enables companies to leapfrog the 

subscription fees, generating recurring revenues 

aforementioned barriers through its unique approach 

of circa €2m per annum. The company has a client 

of being a software business, whilst also holding its 

base of circa 130 corporate groups across the world, 

own regulatory statuses and SWIFT membership. 

reflecting 67% growth in the last 12 months (2022: 78).

Cobase current revenue is solely from SaaS 

Alongside its bank connectivity, key features 

include a Central Payments Hub as well as a Cash 

Management and Treasury Management module. 

1 Only revenue generated after Cobase’s acquisition in December 
is included in the Group’s figures, which was £0.2m

STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESSES

providing a more holistic treasury service around 

our core FX risk management proposition. This 

will, in turn, enable Alpha to provide more value 

to existing clients and increase wallet share and 

retention. Additionally, it will naturally allow Alpha 

to attract new clients for whom bank connectivity 

is an initial purchasing driver, as is evidenced by 

the 100 corporates who are already using Cobase. 

At the same time, we see an exciting opportunity 

for the Cobase team to leverage the scale and 

experience of Alpha’s global sales team, as well as 

the cross-selling opportunities with Alpha’s own 

client base.

Alpha and Cobase’s offerings are highly 

complementary, and provide exciting opportunities to 

amplify one another’s growth by leveraging and sharing 

each other’s unique capabilities and experience. 

Indeed, 80% of Cobase’s existing client base falls 

within Alpha’s own target market, highlighting the 

strong potential for mutual value adds.

Cobase has retained its team and continues to 

operate under its own brand and management whilst 

its proprietary technology will help to accelerate 

Alpha’s digital proposition and enable us to become 

increasingly more integrated with our clients by 

Portal

Mobile App

Host2Host

API

Payments

FX

Robo Assistant

Reporting

Netting

Alerts

Cash Pooling

In-House Banking

User Admin

Audit Trail

Forecasting

TX Screening

Bank Integration via SWIFT, H2H, EBICS, API,...

Bank A

Bank B

Bank C

Bank ...

Clients can either utilise Cobase through the company’s own portal or mobile app, or from within their 

own ERP system by sending instructions via host2host or API connectivity.

42

   43

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Principal Risks & Uncertainties 
Tim Butters, Chief Risk Officer

Against a backdrop of rising inflation and interest rates, we have 
continued to grow, maintaining a disciplined approach to credit 
and risk, whilst further enhancing our control environment. 
We remain well capitalised, with increasing levels of liquidity, 
driven by operating profit and net treasury income, whilst having 
managed our risk appetite in key risk areas, to continue delivering 
consistent returns. 

OUR APPROACH TO RISK MANAGEMENT

SECOND LINE OF DEFENCE 

In 2023 we hired an experienced cyber security 

professional as Alpha’s first Chief Information 

Security Officer, and built out a dedicated application 

security function, further demonstrating our 

commitment to cyber and data security, one of our 

major risks. We continue to focus on key risk matters, 

ensuring proportionate yet robust controls, and 

have increased the size of the internal audit team to 

provide further independent assurance. 

Familiar readers may notice the addition of one new 

risk this year, Financial Crime. Whilst in previous years 

we have covered several financial crime controls 

under regulatory risk, we have made considerable 

investment in further enhancing our financial crime 

team, systems, and controls in recent years, so we 

feel it warrants its own entry. 

We continue to adopt a ‘three lines of defence’ model 

to manage our principal business risks, in line with 

enterprise risk management best practices. 

FIRST LINE OF DEFENCE  

Primary responsibility for managing risk through the 

design and implementation of appropriate controls. 

This sits with operational management who own and 

manage their risks.

Comprised of the Risk, Second-line Compliance, 

Cyber Security, and Legal teams, who are 

responsible for building and embedding the risk 

framework. At Alpha, the second line works closely 

with the first line to challenge, but also to advise on 

and monitor our controls. The second line ensures 

that levels of risk against risk appetite are reported 

to the Board and escalated when exceeded. 

THIRD LINE OF DEFENCE 

Internal Audit, along with other third-party 

reviewers, provide independent assurance to the 

Board on the effectiveness of the risk management 

framework and the operation of the first and 

second lines of defence.  

Alpha has independent external audits across 

(i) Compliance & AML (including safeguarding) 

(ii) Information Security, (iii) Finance (including 

Settlements), and (iv) Technology. The Risk 

Committee, together with the Audit Committee, 

decides quarterly whether any additional external 

audits should be scoped. Where appropriate, 

insurance policies are used to further reduce the 

impact of risks manifesting as losses.

STRATEGIC REPORT  PRINCIPAL RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

RISK APPETITE

3

RISK PROFILE

2

4

GROUP 
STRATEGY

1

RISK REPORTING 
AND MONITORING 

8

CONTROLS TESTING

7

6

IDENTIFICATION 
AND ASSESSMENT

ENTERPRISE RISK 
FRAMEWORK

5

RISK CULTURE 
AND GOVERNANCE

RISK POLICIES

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

 − Creating a clear framework of accountability and 

Our Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework 

provides assurance to the Board on the sound 

management of existing and emerging risks and the 

effectiveness of our internal controls.

1. GROUP STRATEGY 

Risk is a core consideration when setting strategy 

and business plans. Risks that can impact the 

responsibility that is transparent and allows for 

better decision-making;

 − Recognising that our two divisions face 

different and common risks, and will therefore 

set policies, procedures, and the necessary 

reporting mechanics to ensure and validate that 

risks are understood, monitored, managed, and 

controlled;

delivery of the strategy are proactively identified to 

 − Recruiting, retaining, and developing our people 

ensure we can manage them accordingly. 

to embed a culture that reflects the risk appetite.

2. RISK APPETITE 

Set by the Board, the risk appetite defines how 

much risk we are willing to take in pursuit of our 

strategic objectives. Our risk appetite ensures the 

ongoing monitoring and management of prudent 

The appetite statements provide clarity on the scale 

and type of activities we wish to undertake, and the 

Board has set a two-tiered limit approach to the 

quantitative metrics (KRIs) through amber and red 

thresholds. The amber thresholds allow for early 

levels of operational, compliance, financial, strategic, 

identification of risks that are regularly occurring, 

and information risk, whilst enhancing shareholder 

value. Our risk appetite is established by qualitative 

risk appetite statements and measured through 

quantitative key risk indicators (“KRI”) metrics. 

To stay within our appetite, we always observe a 

compliant legal and regulatory regime whilst applying 

best practices, including:  

picking up velocity or approaching appetite limits. 

The red thresholds are set to appetite; a level of risk 

more than the red limit is seen as ‘out of appetite’ and 

reportable to the Board.

44

   45

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Principal Risks & Uncertainties 
Continued

3. RISK PROFILE 

This is the current measure of the level of risk the 

business is exposed to. Key risk indicators and 

risk limits determine the Group’s risk profile and 

indicate whether we are operating within appetite. 

We continue to invest in risk infrastructure to provide 

better insight into our risk profile. 

4. RISK CULTURE AND GOVERNANCE 

The group prides itself on its strong and embedded 

risk culture. The executive team are full-standing 

members and regular attendees of the monthly 

Risk Committee. Oversight of the risk management 

framework is governed by the Risk Committee under 

delegated authority from the Board. 

5. RISK POLICIES 

Policies are used to clearly define the approach to 

risk management across the group and to assign 

accountability.

6. IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT – PRINCIPAL 

RISKS 

To be managed, risks need to be identified and 

understood. Alpha utilises several approaches to do 

so, from risk assessments and workshops to ensuring 

risk has a ‘seat at the table’ in operational and 

strategic decisions. In total, we have over 100 risks 

in our risk register which we monitor closely, with a 

focus on our Principal Risks (see page 47). 

7. CONTROLS TESTING 

We continuously work towards strengthening our 

control framework, with key controls frequently 

tested to assess their design and operational 

effectiveness. This gives us a more proactive 

approach to risk management, with the results of 

the assessments reported to the Risk Committee 

ensuring clear accountability for the firm’s key 

controls. 

Tim Butters 

Chief Risk Officer

This is complemented by ad-hoc ‘deep-dives’ where, 

in response to internal or external developments, 

specific areas of the business may be targeted for a 

more in-depth review. In addition to internal controls 

testing, Alpha undergoes several internal and 

external audits per annum whereby our controls are 

independently reviewed. Any findings are tracked by 

the Internal Audit function through to closure via the 

Group Risk Committee.

8.  RISK REPORTING AND MONITORING 

Reporting provides oversight of the firm’s risk 

profile against appetite and identifies new risks 

or increasing exposures that may become out of 

appetite. We continue to enhance our risk reporting, 

ensuring key risks are presented in a way that 

enables decisions to be made. Daily scenario testing 

ensures appropriate management of liquidity and 

credit risk.

STRATEGIC REPORT  PRINCIPAL RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

Principal Risks 
FY2023

We assess, manage, and mitigate risks in order to deliver on our 
purpose and strategy. The risks below have been grouped as per 
Alpha’s risk taxonomy. 

Operational and Compliance Risk

Risk Type: Regulatory Risk

The Group faces the risk of failing to adhere to its regulatory and legal requirements. Failure could see the Group 

exposed to significant regulatory penalties and reputational damage, as well as counterparties terminating our 

relationship. Additionally, any new regulation or changes to existing regulations may require the Group to increase 

its spending on regulatory compliance and/or change business practices.

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

 − We maintain robust policies, procedures, systems and controls, 

    UNCHANGED

monitoring, and assurance programs. These ensure continued 

compliance with our regulatory obligations.

 − We have strong relationships with best-in-class regulatory compliance 

consultancies which we utilise to provide independent advice and 

assurance on our compliance processes.

 − Independent external audits are conducted on our AML and 

safeguarding processes and controls.

 − We have integrated with several Reg-tech providers to ensure we have 

the best and most innovative tools at our disposal.

 − The Compliance team continues to appropriately increase its 

headcount to accommodate regulatory and business needs, including 

hiring resources to ensure local expertise and compliance in newly 

licensed jurisdictions. 

 − The governance of compliance risk via Risk Committee forums reflects 

the prioritisation of compliance within Alpha’s long-term objectives and 

goals. 

 − Our dedicated quality assurance and compliance monitoring functions 

have been enhanced further this year, showing our commitment to high 

levels of oversight and accountability.

46

   47

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Principal Risks 
Operational and Compliance Risk

Risk Type: Financial Crime Risk

Risk Type: Operational Risk

The Group faces the risk of being used as a conduit to commit financial crime, involving fraud or dishonesty; 

The Group is subject to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, 

misconduct in, or misuse of information; or handling the proceeds of crime.

or external events. This can include incorrect inputting or execution of a trade or settlement, internal fraud, and 

financial reporting delays or errors.

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

 − We have partnered with two industry-leading providers to implement 

NEW

 − We continue to invest in, and focus on, retaining a scalable operating 

    DECREASED

STRATEGIC REPORT  PRINCIPAL RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

new transaction monitoring and screening systems, which has 

enabled us to enhance our oversight of client trading activity and 

payments. The oversight has allowed us to make more informed 

changes to the financial crime framework of the business. 

 − The Compliance team continues to appropriately increase its 

headcount to manage financial crime risk in line with transaction 

flows. Notable hires include two Deputy Money Laundering Reporting 

Officers and an additional Senior Sanctions specialist.

 − We are implementing a new KYC application with system-based 

controls and validation at its core. The tool will allow for an increase 

in the quality of data reporting to help to highlight any emerging 

financial crime risks.

 − We have conducted annual reviews of our Financial Crime Risk 

Assessment, and internal policies and procedures to ensure these 

are up-to-date and appropriate to counter the financial crime threats 

posed to Alpha.

 − An annual independent external audit is conducted on our AML 

procedures across the Group.

 − We have invested in companywide sanctions training and are growing 

our sanctions expertise internally. 

 − A standalone Financial Crime working group has been established to 

deep dive into financial crime risk. 

 − As stated above, our dedicated quality assurance and compliance 

monitoring functions have been enhanced further this year. 

model, with a particular ongoing focus on automation and straight-

through processing.

REASON FOR MOVEMENT:

 − We promote a positive speak-up culture, so risk events are proactively 

Process optimisation 

including an increase of 

straight-through processing. 

identified and escalated.

 − The Risk team oversees the operational risk framework, working 

closely with risk champions in each first-line team to ensure risks and 

risk events are proactively identified and reported. 

 − Firmwide risk and control self-assessments are conducted in each 

department at least twice a year to identify risks and controls at an 

inherent and residual level.

 − We have a clear control framework in place, with key controls 

regularly tested for effectiveness by the risk team. 

 − We maintain a strict division between Front and Back Office 

functions to ensure Back Office remains independent and attentive 

to any errors that the Front Office may have caused. We have further 

strengthened our lines of defence model this year.

 − Further enhancement of our operational resiliency framework, with 

further BCP and incident response testing. 

48

   49

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Principal Risks  
Operational and Compliance Risk

Risk Type: Dispute Risk

Risk Type: Technology Risk

Whilst a client may not default on a contract, they may dispute its validity. With the challenging macro backdrop, 

Technology underpins most businesses and Alpha is no different. We rely on the uptime and availability of in-house  

there is a risk clients may try to renege on trades that have gone against them. 

and third-party systems. A failure in this technology could disrupt both our own and our clients’ businesses.  

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

 − Our thematic deep dive on dispute risk is frequently re-visited and 

    UNCHANGED

 − We are cloud-first, giving us the ability to host our services with 

    DECREASED

STRATEGIC REPORT  PRINCIPAL RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

reviewed.

 − All trades have evidence recorded against them of the trade 

instruction. 

 − All derivative trades are reviewed by the compliance team, ensuring 

trades are booked in line with regulation and policy. 

 − All credit facilities are reviewed by the credit team, ensuring credit 

agreements are executed correctly.

 − Our Compliance Monitoring team samples a percentage of all 

trades to ensure all documents are correct and present and 

evidence is attached to trades.

 − Controls regarding the disclosure of complex derivative products 

to our clients are in place, including compulsory monthly valuation 

reports sent to all authorised signatories, and trade confirmations 

sent to the director(s) in addition to authorised contacts.

 − We have reduced our offering of more complex products.

 − The Risk team control tests the above processes to ensure they are 

operating effectively.

resilience built in, and scale our platform according to our clients’ 

demands and needs.

REASON FOR MOVEMENT:

 − The vendors we partner with are tier 1 providers, allowing Alpha to 

We continue to remove 

take advantage of out-of-the-box, turn-key security solutions and 

legacy technology through 

migrating our services to 

cloud-based solutions.

industry-leading service level availability. 

 − Working with leading cloud providers such as Amazon and Azure gives 

us the ability to utilise evolving technologies with minimal effort.

 − We understand that our clients expect that their data is handled with 

care and utmost confidentiality. Alpha’s alternative banking and all 

central supporting services are certified to internationally recognised 

security certification, namely ISO27001.

 − Alpha continues to invest in world-leading security technologies, 

adopting a defence-in-depth approach to provide both protection 

and the ability to react to cyber incidents.

50

   51

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
Principal Risks 
Financial Risk

Risk Type: Credit Risk

Credit risk is inherent in Alpha’s business model. The Board accepts that credit losses are a function of our trading, and we 

take a risk-based approach to balance revenue opportunities against the risk of default. We are exposed to credit risk if a 

client fails to deliver currency at maturity of the contract and/or fails to deposit margin when a margin call is made. Alpha’s 

credit risk is equal to the negative fair value of the contract, minus any deposit held at the time of cancellation.

STRATEGIC REPORT  PRINCIPAL RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

Risk Type: Liquidity Risk

Alpha operates a matched principal brokerage model, meaning that it immediately executes a matching trade 
with its banking counterparties on receipt of client orders. Liquidity risk arises if Alpha is unable to meet its 
financial obligations when they fall due. This could result from an overextension of credit facilities, or a large move 
in a currency pair that Alpha has a large exposure to. If Alpha was unable or restricted to meet its trading capital 
requirements, this could result in its banking counterparties closing out positions or even terminating the trading 
facilities currently provided.

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

 − We have a dedicated Credit team with significant experience who 

    INCREASED

review all credit requests and conduct ongoing reviews throughout 

the duration of the contract. The frequency of these reviews is driven 

REASON FOR MOVEMENT:

by the risk level of each client as well as any material macro event 

that may affect our client base.

Whilst our approach to credit 

has remained disciplined in 

 − We have built and released a new internal credit platform for better 

2023, the macroeconomic 

backdrop of rising interest rates, 

high inflation, and the potential 

of recession have resulted in a 

net increase in risk.   

management and oversight of credit facilities, margin calls and 

reporting. 

 − Our terms and conditions enable all future customer trades to be 

at our discretion, therefore we can react quickly to changes in the 

macro environment or individual client profile, capping our exposure 

to past trades only. This significantly reduces our risk exposure and 

poses significantly less risk than providing traditional credit facilities.

 − We conduct ongoing stress testing of our credit book to simulate 

stressed market conditions. In 2023, particular emphasis has been 

put on clients’ exposures to high interest rates and energy costs. 

 − Second-line oversight of credit exposures and policy adherence is 

performed by the Risk team.

 − Top client concentrations are monitored closely and disclosed on our 

website by currency pair.

 − Our terms of business enable us to collect margin from clients in 
response to adverse market moves (margin calls). Alpha benefits 
from netting: whilst we are called to place margin from our banking 
counterparties on a netted currency pair basis, we can call our 
clients for margin on a gross basis.

 − Key risk indicators act as an early warning system to alert the Board 
to conditions that could potentially lead to a period of stretched 
liquidity. 

 − Our cash position has increased significantly due to profitable trading 

and interest accrued on balances.

 − The Senior Management team reviews forecasts and cash flows 
regularly to determine whether the Group has sufficient cash 
reserves to meet future working capital requirements, and to take 
advantage of business opportunities. 

 − We perform liquidity analysis at a net currency and FX cross basis, 
including client margin call versus bank margin call, to identify any 
funding shortfall. 

 − We conduct client and overall book stress testing, with circuit 

breakers in place.

 − Top client concentrations are closely monitored and are disclosed on 

our website by currency pair.

 − We have multiple liquidity providers, reducing the concentration risk 

to our banking counterparties.

MOVEMENT

    DECREASED

REASON FOR MOVEMENT:

Our cash position has further 

increased, driven by cash 

conversion, profitable trading 

and interest earned.

52

   53

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
Principal Risks  
Strategic Risk

Principal Risks 
Information Risk

Risk Type: Strategic Risk

Risk Type: Cyber And Data Security

Risk is inherent in any strategy. To ensure we execute effectively we need to understand and actively manage 
our strategic risks.

Security is a vital part of Alpha’s fabric and is integral to ensuring the sensitive data and money that we process 
on behalf of our clients maintains confidentiality, integrity, and availability. The Group faces the risk of its 
operating systems failing and the failure to safeguard business-critical data and systems.

STRATEGIC REPORT  PRINCIPAL RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 

MOVEMENT

    UNCHANGED

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

MOVEMENT

 − With the implementation of core protective controls in 2022, the 

    DECREASED

RISK MITIGATIONS AND UPDATE

 − We have a clearly defined strategy, which we continue to successfully 
execute, with key risks to delivery identified and reviewed regularly. 

 − The Board is presented to and signs off on the strategy of the Group and 
receives updates from the Executive Directors throughout the year.

 − Alpha’s Board has extensive experience in entering new markets and 

scaling businesses, which it applies when considering new opportunities.

 − A succession plan is in place and approved by the Board for all key roles. 
Key management has contracts that provide notice periods for the 
Group’s protection. 

 − The Group has a comprehensive key-person insurance policy in place.

 − We hold strong, transparent relationships with multiple banking partners 

and remain aligned on risk appetite.

Risk Type: Reputational Risk

Alpha is highly regarded in our industry. Maintaining this reputation is important to retain our existing clients, 
expand our client base, and preserve our strong relationships with our banking partners. There is a risk that an 
unforeseen event may adversely affect Alpha’s reputation, impacting future profitability.

KEY TOPICS

MOVEMENT

 − We have a marketing and communication strategy that includes detailed 

    UNCHANGED

and open public reporting.

 − We pride ourselves on strong cultural values and a positive risk and 

compliance culture.

 − We maintain an open and proactive dialogue with our banks and 
regulators to provide high levels of transparency and comfort.

 − We have a contract with a cyber security and reputation management 
company, which provides an online impersonation takedown service to 
minimise, where possible, brand impersonation.

REASON FOR MOVEMENT:

The enhancement of controls, 
increased resource, and 
the establishment of more 
mature processes aligning to 
ISO27001.

Group focused on enhancing these further and on detection controls 
in 2023, i.e. the ability to be alerted on anomalous behaviour within 
the Group’s network and critical systems.

 − Hiring of a Chief Information Security Officer with over 15 years of 

experience in the industry, to own and drive the information security 
risk agenda.

 − Creation and implementation of a comprehensive information 

security management system, in compliance with and certified to 
ISO27001, across central services and Alternative Banking.

 − A Security, Information and Event Management (SIEM) system has 
been implemented, enabling automated detection of attacks and 
alerting to the Security and operational teams.

 − Externally validated testing across all of the Group’s online domains 
to identify weaknesses and confirm defensive cyber capabilities 
through Purple team exercises.

 − Hiring of an Application Security Specialist to work closely with 

engineering functions, and enhance the security of our software 
development, to reduce risk of release of our platform to clients with 
potential vulnerabilities.

 − We have renewed and increased the coverage of our comprehensive 

cyber insurance policy.

 − Continuation of security education across all staff to lower the risk of 

common attack methodologies and safeguard data.

 − Introduction of a data loss prevention tool to provide full visibility of 

data movement outside of the Group network as well as the ability to 
pre-emptively block the movement of sensitive data.

 − We continue to leverage top-tier cloud service providers. In line 

with the shared responsibility model, we ensure our responsibility 
regarding data security is fulfilled in line with best practices, a 
defence-in-depth approach, control testing, and training.

 − We continue to invest in cloud technologies to leverage security 
built by design, and provide the Group with scalable services in 
preparation for expansion across existing regions and geographies.

54

   55

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
Sustainability

At Alpha, sustainable business practices aren’t just about doing 
the right thing. We believe they can be a long-term driver of 
superior financial performance and make for a better-quality 
company and investment.

OUR PURPOSE – TO CREATE AN EXCEPTIONAL 

SOCIAL 

COMMUNITY FULL OF OPPORTUNITY.

DIVERSITY & INCLUSION

Our ability to attract, develop and retain the right 

We are committed to ensuring Alpha is a diverse 

people is fundamental to our long-term success. 

and inclusive place to work – one where everyone 

We strive to align all our team to our core purpose 

is empowered to fulfil their potential. We operate a 

of ‘creating an exceptional community full of 

true meritocracy, recruiting and promoting people 

opportunity that works hard but lives well’. By 

based on their attitude, skills and experience. We do 

providing our team with the best possible career 

not discriminate between employees or prospective 

opportunities and working environment, we place 

employees on the grounds of age, race, disability, 

their interests at the heart of our business. Our 

religion, gender, education, or any other background.

people then capitalise on these opportunities and 

introduce new skills and knowledge to the Alpha 

Our stance on diversity forms not only the expectations 

community, strengthening our business and driving 

we have for ourselves but also for the recruitment 

us forward, for the benefit of all our stakeholders.

partners we work with. We ask our recruitment partners 

to diversify their candidate shortlists to ensure that our 

hiring managers are seeing a true representation of the 

best candidates in the market.

  L i ves Well

OPPORTUNITY

The more opportunities we 

capture, the more we can invest 

back into our community

COMMUNITY

The stronger our community 

becomes, the more opportunities 

we can capture

Works Ha r d

STRATEGIC REPORT  SUSTAINABILITY

During the year we were also pleased to launch our 

CHARITABLE SUPPORT

DEI Working Group. The Group was set up to create 

a forum where the perspectives and ideas of team 

members from different backgrounds can be heard, 

with the intention of informing and driving our DEI 

strategy. Each meeting is focused on the priorities 

raised by the members of the committee, with the 

Head of HR acting as Chair and a Board member also 

in attendance at every session. Alpha’s role as an 

employer is to work with the DEI group to provide the 

support and tools to enact the changes that matter.

Alpha also conducts an annual DEI survey to gather 

anonymous feedback from our team members. In 

2024, this survey will be used by the DEI working 

group to set an agenda of deliverables, in order that 

we can focus on the areas that matter the most.

The tables below show the gender and ethnic 

breakdown of our team as of December 2023. 

HEADCOUNT BY GENDER – DEC 20231

FEMALE

MALE

OTHER

Team member

128

253

Line manager

Direct reports to 

Executives

Executive team

Non-executive 

Directors

14

13

0

1

29

24

5

2

1

-

-

-

-

In 2023, Alpha dedicated several fundraising events 

to the Movember cause: an organisation which 

advocates for and supports men’s mental and 

physical health and wellbeing. As part of this, the 

team took part in a 60km movement challenge, bake 

sale, football tournament and golfing competition, 

raising a total of £6,795.

In 2024 we are partnering with the charity, Boxing 

Futures, which was nominated and voted for by the 

Alpha team. Boxing Future’s mission is to improve 

the lives of economically and socially disadvantaged 

young people, including those at risk of involvement 

in crime, through non-contact boxing and other 

physical exercise, by creating a community of 

support which champions well-being.

We are also looking forward to rolling out corporate 

social responsibility days in 2024, where our 

team will be encouraged to take two days of paid 

leave to volunteer their time to a local cause. This 

initiative will initially be trialled with our London 

Office, where we will be partnering with a charity 

called “Paddington Partnerships” – an organisation 

focused on providing support to local schools and 

ecosystems in the Paddington area where our 

London offices are based.

HEALTH & WELLBEING

‘Work hard, live well’ is an essential part of our 

purpose statement. It emphasises that, in order to 

sustain our high performance, we must look after 

our employees’ well-being and help them find the 

optimum work-life balance, whilst pursuing exciting 

career opportunities.

HEADCOUNT BY ETHNICITY – DEC 20232

WHITE

ETHNIC

surveys annually, which enable the team to give 

We carry out anonymous wellness and wellbeing 

Team member

83%

17%

1  Numbers exclude Cobase, which was acquired in December 2023.
2 Alpha’s demographic data is collated via an annual confidential  
 survey. As such, a breakdown of the seniority bandings of team 
 members is not available.

feedback on the areas that are most important to 

them when it comes to health and wellbeing, in order 

that we can better focus on supporting them. As 

a result of these surveys, in 2023 we launched an 

international Employee Assistance Platform. 

56

   57

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
Sustainability
Continued

The platform provides wide-ranging support 

Our team also have access to world-class 

across the wellbeing spectrum, including: mental 

performance coaching and workshops with Dr Ceri 

health, sleep guidance, physical exercise plans, 

Evans – a high-performance coach and clinical 

complimentary counselling sessions, discount 

psychologist whose client base has included the 

codes for healthy meal providers, and access to 

likes of the New Zealand All Blacks. His knowledge 

articles written by subject matter experts in the 

and coaching have shaped how we discuss personal 

field of wellbeing. Also in 2023, we hired a Head of 

performance across the business and enhanced our 

Wellness to join our business, who is responsible for 

culture. The senior leadership team has participated 

developing and implementing wellness initiatives and 

in several high-performance workshops led by Ceri 

strategies across the business.

Evans and is now translating these learnings into 

PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT

their coaching style with their teams.

We’re proud to invest in external training and 

“Everyone gets better”. This ethos is an intrinsic part 

qualifications wherever it’s relevant to a person’s role, 

of Alpha’s high-performance culture and drives our 

with a number of our staff undertaking company-

focus on personal and professional development 

sponsored qualifications each year. In 2024 we are 

initiatives.

looking to formalise our professional development 

policy in order to encourage more employees to 

Internally, we ensure that new open positions are 

pursue professional development opportunities as 

advertised in an accessible way, to encourage 

our business continues to grow. This will include a 

upward progression and horizontal movements for 

strategy to increase understanding and visibility of 

team members seeking new challenges. Our focus 

the professional development opportunities across 

is always on trying to promote from within, and our 

the business.

international expansion and ongoing growth also 

provide employees with exciting opportunities to 

work in new marketplaces and quickly increase their 

responsibility and move up the learning curve. 

STRATEGIC REPORT  SUSTAINABILITY

ETHICAL STANDARDS

We believe that strong ethics are key to maintaining a positive and sustainable business. The principle of “Doing 

what’s right” sits at the heart of our company charter and is intrinsic to Alpha’s culture. We then work hard to 

monitor and improve our ethical standards through the following initiatives.

INITIATIVE

DESCRIPTION

Sales Commissions

Banks and brokers need clients to transact to make revenue and meet sales 

targets; however, within the foreign exchange market, it may not always be in a 

client’s best interest to transact. We’ve eliminated this conflict of interest through 

a unique commission structure that removes recurring revenue targets and also 

pays lower commissions on more complex products. Instead, we pay lifetime 

commissions to all employees that incentivise them to retain clients for the long-

term by always acting in their best interests, even if it means foregoing shorter-

term opportunities for commissions. (Read more on pg 34)

Employee handbook

Our Employee Handbook (including a Code of Conduct) formally outlines the 

standards we expect of our team and ensures they comply with relevant laws in an 

ethical manner. Our handbook and policies are reviewed annually by our Head of 

HR and updated as required in response to legislative updates or internal business 

developments.

Shared Ownership

We believe that equity provides employees with an enhanced sense of ownership, 

and that this comes with an enhanced sense of responsibility and long-term 

thinking. Close to 100 employees have an equity stake in the business, and we are 

committed to making new shareholders each year.

Modern Slavery 

We are conscious that potential human rights risks exist within any business and 

supply chain, and are committed to improving our business practices and methods 

of conducting due diligence to combat modern slavery and human trafficking. We 

therefore comply with the annual reporting requirements contained within Section 

54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, being a relevant commercial organisation as 

defined by Section 54.

Formal Policies

Alongside the initiatives described above, we also have a number of formal policies 

designed to ensure our employees uphold our high ethical standards and comply 

with applicable laws. These include: a formal policy on bribery and anti-corruption, 

and a whistleblower policy that provides whistle-blowers with protection from 

retaliation.

Annual Ethics Audit

Our Head of Internal Audit, in conjunction with HR, carries out annual audits of 

our ethical standards to ensure we are upholding them, and also ideating ways for 

improvement.

58

   59

Alpha’s official charity in 

2024 is Boxing Futures

Employee Training on 

All employees receive regular online training throughout the year on ethical 

Ethical Standards

standards and are required to complete a series of modules and tests to ensure 

these standards are properly understood.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023STRATEGIC REPORT  SUSTAINABILITY

Sustainability
Continued

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY TARGETS

SUBJECT

FY 23 STATUS

GOALS FOR 2024

Diversity & Inclusion

 − We have increased the percentage of women in the business from 17% 

 − Implement an anonymised CV policy to remove the potential for unconscious bias and ensure 

to 26% in 2023.

objectivity in all of our interview processes.

 − We engaged with our recruitment partners to ensure their policies and 

 − Expand our benefits offering to support parents returning to work, via childcare benefit support 

standards around diversity align with our own.

programmes.

 − We launched Alpha’s first diversity, equity and inclusion working Group, 

 − Continue to leverage the DEI working group to contribute to further positive actions across this space.

endorsed by Non-executive Director, Lisa Gordon.

Giving back

 − £6,795 was donated to Movember by employees, an organisation 

 − Trialling of corporate social responsibility days in London, to give back to the local community.

dedicated to funding and supporting men’s mental and physical 

wellbeing. Charitable initiatives included: a 60-kilometer movement 

challenge, a bake sale, a football tournament and a golf competition.

 − Raise in excess of £10,000 for Boxing Futures, Alpha’s nominated charitable partner for 2024.

Earning & Learning 

 − We pride ourselves on providing market-leading remuneration packages 

 − Organise sessions for the Alpha team, focused on financial wellbeing and planning for the future.

Providing sector-leading 

and carried out a company-wide pay review in Q1 to benchmark 

remuneration and training in 

employees against industry standards.

order to attract and empower 

high-performance people.

 − Access to world-class performance coaching through Dr Ceri Evans, 

alongside subsidised formal qualifications with educational institutions.

 − New performance matrix introduced to help people measure their own 

performance and identify development goals.

 − Formalise our professional and personal development policy for 2024 to support team members 

achieve their next level of performance.

Community 

 − All employees who have past 12 months of service were taken skiing as 

 − Improve employee engagement scores and voluntary retention.

Building a supportive and 

part of an annual teambuilding and incentive trip.

engaged community that 

people enjoy being a part of.

 − Quarterly wrap-ups are hosted across all our offices, followed by an 

evening event to celebrate. 

 − Carried out company-wide employee engagement survey, with a 70%+ 

participation rate.

 − Introduced Electric Vehicle benefit scheme in the UK.

Living Well 

 − Complimentary mental health support for all employees introduced in 

 − Continue to improve engagement and understanding of our Employee Assistant Programme.

Supporting our team’s mental 

2023. We also provide private healthcare for all employees (and their 

and physical wellbeing.

families) from day one of joining.

 − Head of Wellbeing hired in London, focused on helping the team improve 

their physical and mental health.

 − Outstanding office environments.

 − Leverage our Head of Wellness role to create specific training plans and invite speakers and 

educators to present to our team.

 − Utilise wellness surveys to gather feedback from our team to understand what further support we 

can offer.

60

   61

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Sustainability
Continued

ENVIRONMENT 

ENVIRONMENTAL STREAMLINED ENERGY AND 

CARBON REPORTING (SECR) 

The Group is required to report under the Streamlined 

Energy & Carbon Reporting (SECR) framework. The 

Group’s operations have inherently low emissions, and 

we attained our carbon neutral certification in January 

2022 by partnering with Natural Capital Partners and 

offsetting our carbon emissions from January 2021. 

Our SECR reporting covers the energy consumption and 

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions for the year ended 31 

December 2023 including scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. 

The table in the following section shows the energy and 

GHG emissions from business activities involving the 

combustion of gas and fuels, the purchase of electricity, 

and business travel in both kWh and tCO2e. 

We have selected an intensity metric based on the 

energy consumption per employee of Alpha Group; 

this is 297/kgCO2e employee. The key driver for the 

Methodology 

decrease in the intensity ratio between 2022 and 2023 

is due to the increase in headcount.  

The Group’s operations are largely limited to its offices 

and have an inherently low environmental impact. 

Nevertheless, the Group does believe in further 

minimising its impact where possible. Our London-

based Corporate HQ was built in 2019 with sustainability 

at the forefront of its design, with water recycling and 

a 71% improvement in operational energy consumption 

over a standard office fit-out. 

We have a mostly paperless marketing model, and our 

team endeavours to separate waste and recycle all office 

supplies where possible. Other steps we have taken 

include automating office lights to turn off when not 

being used, zero use of plastic cups, the Cycle to Work 

scheme, and a new Electric Vehicle (EV) lease scheme 

with Loveelectric. We will be targeting a reduction in the 

average emission generated using business travel per 

employee. We also carefully consider suppliers and their 

values before onboarding them. 

This year we partnered with 51-Carbon Zero to help 

us calculate our carbon footprint in line with the 

GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 

standard. Part of the decision to work with an 

external specialist was to ensure we are presenting 

our environmental reporting in the most accurate 

and independent way possible. 51-Carbon Zero have 

specialised knowledge of GHG and SECR reporting 

standards which have been able to improve the 

accuracy of our carbon footprint calculation whilst 

reducing the chance of bias. 

The figures quoted in the table below have been 

presented in accordance with the SECR standards 

and reflect our carbon footprint for 2023 and 2022. 

Conversion factors used to calculate the data are 

BEIS, EPA, GHG Protocol, CE Delft, DCCEEW and 

Climate Transparency.

STRATEGIC REPORT  SUSTAINABILITY

Differences from prior year

Changes to the methodology for calculating our 

carbon footprint have been implemented in 2023 

with best practice guidance from 51-Carbon Zero. 

Due to this change in methodology, we have restated 

last year’s business travel figure from 8 tCO2e in 

2022, to 720 tCO2e.  This has then impacted i) our 

total gross emissions in 2022, which has changed 

from 81 tCO2e to 793 tCO2e and ii) the Intensity 

Ratio, which we have restated from 263 KgCO2e 

per average employee, to 2575 KgCO2e per average 

employee.

With the help of 51-Carbon Zero, data now includes 

spend on mileage, airfares, personal car mileage, 

taxis, hotels, and public transport. Whereas, in 2022 

before the restatement, this was limited to airfare, 

taxis, and personal car mileage only. 

In relation to energy, the kWh consumption figure 

has decreased due to improved accuracy in data 

collection at the offices. In 2022, there was limited 

data available from the smaller and newer offices, 

so Alpha was advised to use the same figures 

produced from one office and extrapolate this out 

to other offices of a comparable size. Whereas in 

2023, 51-Carbon Zero supported us in gathering more 

accurate information as well as the use of individual 

country emission factors for electricity, rather than 

just using the UK average factor applied in 2022.

As a result of increased accuracy, as referenced 

above, increased headcount and lower business 

travel in 2023 compared to 2022, Alpha’s overall 

intensity ratio has also decreased. 

UNIT  31 DECEMBER 
2023

31 DECEMBER 
2022

Restated

TOTAL ENERGY USE COVERING ELECTRICITY, GAS, 

kWh

293,722

348,709 

OTHER FUELS AND TRANSPORT 

Scope 1:

Total emissions generated through combustion of gas

tCO2e

Scope 2:

Total emissions generated through purchased electricity

tCO2e

Scope 3:

Total emissions generated through business travel

Total emissions generated through use of water and waste

Total gross emissions  

INTENSITY RATIO  

(TOTAL GROSS EMISSIONS PER HEADCOUNT) 

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e 

kgCO2e PER 

AVERAGE 

EMPLOYEE

2.7

94

439

24

560

0

72

720

0.7

793 

1,297

2,575

62

   63

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023STRATEGIC REPORT  SUSTAINABILITY

Sustainability
Continued

CARBON NEUTRAL

We are proud to be a Carbon Neutral company and 

We take pride in being able to offset our emissions 

have offset all our carbon emissions since 2021. This 

in a way that produces not only environmental 

year we partnered with Citibank to offset our carbon 

benefits but also social and political benefits.

emissions. Citibank have provided a Verra standard 

approved project in Vietnam, which finances the 

Alpha is alert to the fast-developing discourse on 

distribution of water purifiers to provide clean water 
to households in Vietnam (Project 2577)1 .

how capital markets can have a positive impact 

on improving the world’s environmental situation 

through investing in carbon offsetting projects. 

The project aims to distribute 300,000 safe drinking 

However, there is always the risk of greenwashing 

water purifiers across Vietnam, to rural, low-income 

where projects are being produced without 

households, whilst also mitigating greenhouse 

having been through a rigorous assessment of 

gas emissions. These devices will prevent CO2 

their quality and integrity. To ensure Alpha does 

emissions and deforestation by reducing the 

not contribute to this we have invested in this 

use of wood fuel that would have been used by 

project. By being Verra standard approved we 

households to boil and purify water. The water 

are confident that our carbon credits will have a 

purifiers also reduce and prevent the spread 

genuine impact in reducing the world’s emissions. 

of waterborne diseases by removing 99.99% of 

bacteria and capturing contaminants. The project 

has been through vigorous due diligence checks 

and has been awarded Verra Standard. 

Why we chose this project

We chose this project to recognise the role Alpha 

can play in reducing the World’s carbon emissions, 

whilst also improving the livelihood of others. 

The project aligns to many of the United Nation’s 

Sustainable Development Goals (SGDs), such as:

 − No poverty (Goal 1);

 − Good Health (Goal 2);  

 − Clean Water and Sanitation (Goal 6); and 

 − Climate action (Goal 13).

1  https://registry.verra.org/app/projectDetail/VCS/2557

64

   65

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
  
Engaging with our Stakeholders (s172)

Our Directors are aware of their responsibilities under Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 and take 

their responsibilities seriously. In making its decisions throughout the year, the Board considers it has 

acted in a way that would promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, 

whilst having regard to stakeholders and matters set out in Section 172(1) (a-f) of the Act. 

In 2023, we identified six key stakeholder Groups, whose interests the Board considers and balances when 

making their decisions. The table below outlines how we engaged with them throughout 2023, and how 

their interests have influenced some of the decisions that have been made.

Employees

Our people are the lifeblood of our business. Their skills, values and commitment are what enable us to provide a 

leading level of our service to our clients and grow our business.

HOW WE ENGAGED

KEY TOPICS

KEY OUTCOMES

 − Company-wide employee 
engagement surveys, with 
results and actions presented 
back to teams and Board.

 − Operational and financial 

 − Group performance and 

performance.

strategy shared across the 

 − Vision, mission and strategy 

entire company.

for the Group and each 

 − FXRM and Alternative 

 − D&I working Group established 

division.

(see pg 57)

 − 360 feedback surveys carried 
out on Senior Management.

 − Bi-annual townhalls led by MDs 
of each division to present 
progress against strategy, 
future plans, and recognise key 
achievements.

 − Following investor roadshows, 
CEO & CFO hosted employee 
roadshows.

 − Regular team-building activities, 
including an annual company-
wide trip abroad.

 − Fortnightly strategy meetings 
attended by all department 
heads and chaired by divisional 
MDs.

 − Employee reviews on Glassdoor.

 − Remuneration and 

incentives.

 − General wellbeing and 

job satisfaction, including 

recognition of achievements.

 − Company culture.

 − Diversity and inclusion.

Banking divisions shared 

their strategy and 

performance with the teams.

 − Company-wide annual review 

of salaries conducted in 

January 2024.

 − All employees provided with 

office equipment allowance 

to better support working 

 − Learning, development and 

from home.

career progression.

 − Recognising key 

achievements.

 − Launch of international 

Employee Assistance 

Platform.

 − Charity and fundraising 

 − New performance matrix 

initiatives.

introduced.

 − Resource planning.

 − Anti-money laundering 

& Cyber Security 

responsibilities.

STRATEGIC REPORT  ENGAGING WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Clients

Understanding the needs and challenges facing our clients is central to our growth strategy.

HOW WE ENGAGED

KEY TOPICS

KEY OUTCOMES

 − Client surveys are sent out to new 
customers with the results shared 
with CEO & MDs.

 − Attendance at over 20 industry  

events in 2023.

 − Active memberships with a number of 

key industry associations.

 − Direct engagement between Directors 

and key clients.

 − Frontline employees share feedback 

with senior management, which is put 
forward to the Board for consideration 
where appropriate.

 − The Board reviews key client data 

and trends, such as growth in client 
numbers, retention, and sector 
concentration.

 − Email updates on upcoming 

developments and releases, with 
feedback requested.

 − Prior to our acquisition of Cobase, the 
Directors garnered feedback from a 
number of the business’ key clients.

 − Customer experience and 

 − Enhanced product offerings, 

key challenges they face.

both online and offline to 

 − Regulations and 

compliance.

 − New products and 

features.

 − Reasons for choosing 

Alpha.

 − Alpha’s sales model.

provide a better customer 

experience.

 − Client feedback 

implemented into our 

product development 

roadmap.

 − Acquisition of Cobase, 

validated by existing and 

 − Technology propositions.

prospective client feedback.

 − Instant insights reporting 

introduced to measure 

the quality of customer 

experience.

 − Approval of the annual 

budget, which includes 

investment to ensure we 

continue to improve the 

quality and efficiency of 

interactions with clients.

Communities & Environment

We value the opportunity to support organisations and causes that are important to our stakeholders and us.

HOW WE ENGAGED

KEY TOPICS

KEY OUTCOMES

 − Which charities our team 

 − Raised £6,795 for our chosen 

wish to support.

charities.

 − Ways to raise money and 

 − Boosted awareness for 

awareness for each cause.

 − Environmental 
sustainability.

charitable and environmental 
causes across the business 
and our wider stakeholders.

 − Remained a certified Carbon 

Neutral company.

 − Fundraising activities for charities, 
including: bake sales, sponsored 
runs, football tournaments and golf 
competitions.

 − Partnered with Citibank as part of our 
commitment to remaining a Carbon 

Neutral company (see pg 64).

 − Partnered with 51-Carbon Zero to help 
us better calculate and understand 

our carbon footprint (see pg 62).

 − Introduction of employee electric 
vehicle scheme to support carbon 
emission reduction.

66

   67

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Our Shareholders

We value the views of our shareholders and the financial commitment they’ve made to 

support our growth. 

HOW WE ENGAGED

KEY TOPICS

KEY OUTCOMES

 − CEO and CFO hold meetings with 
major shareholders following 
interim and full year results to 
present the Group’s performance. 
Ad-hoc site visits and virtual 
meetings are also held throughout 
the year.

 − Shareholder analysis is presented 
once a quarter to inform Directors 
of key changes.

 − Anonymous shareholder feedback 

is obtained via Nomads after half 
year and full year roadshows.

 − All shareholders were invited to 

submit questions to the Board at 
the Annual General Meeting.

 − Operational and financial 

performance.

 − Sustainability initiatives 

 − We continue to increase the 
level of detail in our trading 
updates and full year reports.

and goals. 

 − Enhancements made to 

 − Company strategy and 

vision.

 − Capital allocation.

 − Key risks and governance.

 − Alpha’s business model.

 − Market opportunities.

 − Dividend strategy.

 − Impact of macro-
environment.

 − The Alpha culture.

annual report, in particular 
detailed sections on FXRM and 
Alternative Banking.

 − Feedback from investors 

presented back to the Board.

 − Created a Diversity & Inclusion 
working group, responsible 
for driving new initiatives to 
improve diversity & inclusion.

Our Business Partners & Suppliers

Our partners and suppliers (for example banking counterparties or third-party software vendors) play a key part 

in enabling us to deliver a leading service to our clients by amplifying our capabilities and efficiencies.

HOW WE ENGAGED

KEY TOPICS

KEY OUTCOMES

 − Sharing of key regulatory 

 − Financial and operational 

announcements, face-to-face 
meetings, site visits and telephone 
contact.

 − Senior Management engage with 
key suppliers and provide key 
updates to Executive Directors.

performance.

 − Strategic direction.

 − Key challenges we face.

 − Business referrals and 
promotional support.

 − Our Alternative Banking 

 − Risk, governance and 

Partnerships team develops 
relationships with Service 
Providers responsible for 
recommending Alpha’s solutions.

compliance.

 − Innovation and knowledge 

sharing.

 − Audit and risk committee 

information.

 − Diversity & inclusion.

 − Employee wellbeing.

 − Enhanced products and 
services by leveraging 
suppliers’ capabilities.

 − We continue to partner with 
a selection of high-quality 
businesses that understand 
our company and the part they 
play in our long-term success. 

 − Increasing focus on diversity & 
inclusion with our recruitment 
partners.

 − By maintaining high levels of 
transparency with our key 
counterparties in areas of risk, 
compliance and strategy, we 
deepen the trust and loyalty 
we have with our suppliers as 
we grow.

STRATEGIC REPORT  ENGAGING WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Key Decisions

In accordance with section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, the 
Board regularly considers the likely consequences of our strategy 
and long-term decisions, taking into account the interests of 
employees, clients, shareholders, suppliers, communities and  
the environment. 

Throughout 2023, the Board made decisions to deliver against our strategy, whilst considering the different 

interests of our stakeholder groups and the impact of key decisions upon them.

STRATEGY & BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

 − Regularly considered the trading performance of the business and reviewed and contributed 

to regulatory communications with the market.

 − Reviewed the Group’s strategy, key challenges and proposed responses.

 − Agreed investment priorities across the Group.

 − Approved the acquisition of Cobase.

 − Approved the opening of Munich and Madrid offices.

 − Approved the launch of the Fund Finance division.

 − Approved the move to the Premium List of the Main Market. 

OPERATIONAL & FINANCIAL PLANNING

 − Reviewed and approved the FY2024 budget and considered this against strategic 

performance, objectives and market expectations.

 − Approved dividend policy and payment of final dividend in respect of FY2022 and interim 

dividend in respect of FY2023.

 − Approved decision to acquire a long-term office lease for a second HQ in London for our 

Institutional division.

 − Approved initiation of £20m share buyback programme. 

GOVERNANCE & LEGAL

 − On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, reviewed and approved the Full Year 

Announcement, Annual Report and Financial Statements for FY2022, and the Half Year 

Announcement for FY2023 and other updates to the market.

 − Reviewed and approved the Group’s risk appetite.

 − Monitored regulatory and legislative developments and considered any potential impact on 

the Group’s operations.

68

   69

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023STRATEGIC REPORT  OUR BUSINESS MODEL

Our Business Model
Business can be complicated.  
We strive to make it less so.

OUR RESOURCES

PEOPLE

PROCESSES

TECHNOLOGY

PARTNERS

CAPABILITIES

480+ speaking 20+ 
languages, brought 
together by a high-
performance culture, 
led by an experienced 
leadership team with a 
founder-CEO.

Streamlined but 
robust systems and 
processes, enabling 
quick and controlled 
decision making, with 
increasingly high levels 
of automation.

Low-legacy, modular 
technologies, that are 
always evolving, in order 
to more effectively and 
efficiently meet the 
needs of our team and 
clients.

Working in partnership 
with leading suppliers 
and channel partners 
enhances our business 
model and enables 
us to reach a wider 
audience.

Well-capitalised, debt 
free and profitable, 
with a high-quality 
and diverse product 
offering, and a strong 
reputation.

▼

OUR STRATEGY

Our overarching objective is to grow our business by delivering on our KPIs (pg 29). This is achieved by delivering on our strategies 
outlined in our CEO statement on pg 18 and 20.

▼

GUIDED BY OUR BEHAVIOURS

Act as One

Be Humble

Seek Reality

Expect More

Make Moves

▼

THE VALUE WE CREATE

EMPLOYEES

CLIENTS

SHAREHOLDERS

PARTNERS

COMMUNITIES

Providing outstanding 
earning and learning 
potential for everyone 
who works with us.

Solutions that make 
a substantial and 
enduring difference to 
our clients.

Delivering sustainable 
long-term returns to 
our shareholders.

As our business 
grows, so do the 
opportunities for our 
partners that work 
with us.

Fundraising and 
volunteering for our 
chosen charities and 
environmental causes.

~ 100

Continued growth 

~ 600%

10

100%

Employee  
Shareholders.

In average revenue per 
client 2021-23.

Share price growth  
since IPO.

FX counterparties

Carbon Neutral 
company.

▼

OUR PURPOSE

To create an exceptional community, full of opportunity, that works hard but lives well.

COMMUNITY

OPPORTUNITY 

All of the above stakeholders we work with: Employees, Clients, 
Shareholders, Partners and Communities.

The growth and rewards that come from playing a part in our 
community’s success.

70

   71

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023The Board

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Morgan Tillbrook 
Chief Executive Officer

Tim Powell 
Chief Financial Officer

Tim Butters 
Chief Risk Officer

Clive Kahn 
Non-Executive Chairman

Lisa Gordon 
Non-Executive Director

Vijay Thakrar 
Non-Executive Director

SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

SKILLS & EXPERIENCE

Tim Powell brings over 20 years of 
experience working in high-quality 
fast-growing public companies. 17 
of these years were at the FTSE 100 
listed, London Stock Exchange Group 
(“LSEG”). He was CFO of the LSEG’s 
largest subsidiary, London Stock 
Exchange, and was finance lead for 
the $27bn acquisition and integration 
of Refinitiv. Tim is a Chartered 
Accountant and graduated with an 
engineering degree from Birmingham 
University.

Tim joined Alpha in 2019 with over 15 
years’ experience in risk management, 
including as Head of Risk at World 
First, the global payments provider, 
and Mako Trading, a leading derivatives 
market maker. Beginning his career 
at Mitsubishi UFJ Securities, Tim has 
experience across both financial and 
non-financial risk and is Certified by the 
Global Association of Risk Professionals 
having achieved their FRM designation.

Morgan founded Alpha in 2009 and 
has over 20 years’ experience building 
and leading fast-growing companies 
across technology and financial services. 
Self-funded and debt free up until its 
IPO in 2017, the company has delivered 
fourteen years of profitable and organic 
growth, alongside a consistent track 
record of strategic investments which 
have expanded the company from a 
sole provider of FX Risk Management 
solutions in the UK, to a global leader of 
a diverse (and growing) range of financial 
solutions.

Outside of Alpha, Morgan successfully 
competes in the British GT racing 
championship. He is also a passionate 
angel investor to several exciting early-
stage companies.

Clive has over 35 years of experience in 
financial services, particularly in FX and 
payments. He previously served as Chief 
Financial Officer and Chief Executive 
Officer of Travelex, the global foreign 
exchange business, as well as CEO of 
Cardsave, a credit card acceptance and 
payments solutions business. In addition 
to his role as Non-Executive Chairman of 
Alpha, Clive is CEO of takepayments LTD, 
a payment solutions business. Clive is 
also a Chartered Accountant.

Lisa has over 30 years’ Board experience 
in Executive and Non-Executive roles 
at both listed and private companies. 
She began her career as an equities 
investment analyst and subsequently 
spent many years in strategy and 
business development roles in the 
media, financial services and technology 
sectors.

Lisa currently holds a number of Non-
Executive positions which include 
Chairman, Cavendish Financial Plc; 
Non-Executive Director, JP Morgan UK 
Small Cap Growth & Income Plc, Non-
Executive Director, Magic Light Pictures 
and Adviser to the Board at Fulcrum 
Asset Management LLP.

Vijay is a Chartered Accountant with 
extensive strategic, commercial and 
governance experience with fast-growth 
listed companies, and was previously 
a Partner at EY and Deloitte, chairing 
Deloitte’s mid-cap listed companies’ 
practice. He has served on various 
Boards as a Non-Executive, including 
The Quoted Companies Alliance and 
Quorn Foods. Vijay is currently Chairman 
of The Alumasc Group plc, Treatt plc, 
and a NED at RSM Group (Remuneration 
Committee Chair).

MAINTAINING SKILL SET

MAINTAINING SKILL SET

MAINTAINING SKILL SET

MAINTAINING SKILL SET

MAINTAINING SKILL SET

MAINTAINING SKILL SET

As CEO of a regulated and high-growth 
FX solutions business, Morgan’s 
experience is kept up to date by nature 
of his day-to-day role. He also attends 
a variety of meetings and events to 
support his personal development and 
is an avid reader of self-development 
literature.

As CFO of Alpha, Tim keeps his skills 
and experience up to date by nature of 
his day-to-day role. Furthermore, as a 
Chartered Accountant he undertakes 
Continuous Professional Development 
(CPD) training, alongside a variety of 
technical courses and subscriptions to 
professional publications.

Tim’s experience is kept up to date by 
the nature of his day-to-day role. He 
is a member of the Global Association 
of Risk Professionals and undertakes 
regular CPD training.

Nomination Committee Member

None

None

As Chief Executive Officer of a regulated 
and high-growth payments business, 
Clive’s skills and experience are kept up 
to date by nature of his current role. He 
also attends a variety of skill-focused 
conferences.

Lisa’s skills and experience are kept 
up to date by nature of her current 
roles. She also attends numerous NED 
CPD training events and professional 
seminars.

Vijay stays up to date by virtue of his 
roles and CPD that he continues to 
undertake, including attendance on 
various update webinars and training 
events.

Audit Committee Member 
Nomination Committee Chair 
Remuneration Committee Member

Audit Committee Member 
Nomination Committee Member 
Remuneration Committee Chair

Audit Committee Chair 
Nomination Committee Member 
Remuneration Committee Member

Appointed: 2009

Appointed: 2022

Appointed: 2021

Appointed: 2016

Appointed: 2017 

Appointed: 2021

72

(stepping down at 2024 AGM)

   73

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Corporate Governance 
Statement

“The Board recognises the value 
and importance of high standards of 
corporate governance and ensuring 
that all of its practices are conducted 
transparently, ethically and effectively.”

This section sets out our approach to governance and provides further information on how the Board 

and its committees operate. In compliance with the AIM rules for Companies, the Group has chosen to 

formalise its governance policies by complying with the QCA Corporate Governance Code (QCA Code) 

for Small and Mid-Sized Quoted Companies (the “QCA Code”).

Clive Kahn 

Non-Executive Chairman

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  REPORT

QCA CODE PRINCIPLE

RELEVANT SECTION(S) OF THE ANNUAL REPORT

 1.

ESTABLISH A PURPOSE, STRATEGY AND BUSINESS 

Sustainability | Our Purpose | pg 56

MODEL WHICH PROMOTE LONG-TERM VALUE FOR 

SHAREHOLDERS.

Business Model | pg 71

CEO Statement | pg 8

 2. PROMOTE A CORPORATE CULTURE THAT IS BASED 

Ethical Standards | pg 59

ON ETHICAL VALUES AND BEHAVIOURS.

Business Culture, Behaviour & Ethics | pg 78

 3. SEEK TO UNDERSTAND AND MEET SHAREHOLDER 

Engaging with Stakeholders (s172) | pg 68

NEEDS AND EXPECTATIONS.

Relations with Stakeholders | pg 80

Shareholder Communications | pg 80

 4. TAKE INTO ACCOUNT WIDER STAKEHOLDER 

Engaging with Stakeholders (s172) | pg 67

INTERESTS, INCLUDING SOCIAL AND 

ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITIES AND THEIR 

IMPLICATIONS FOR LONG-TERM SUCCESS.

Sustainability, Social | pg 56

Sustainability, Environmental | pg 62 

 5. EMBED EFFECTIVE RISK MANAGEMENT, INTERNAL 

Principal Risks | pg 44

CONTROLS AND ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES, 

CONSIDERING BOTH OPPORTUNITIES AND 

THREATS, THROUGHOUT THE ORGANISATION.

Internal Controls & Risk Management | pg 79

 6. ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN THE BOARD AS A 

Board of Directors | pg 72

WELL-FUNCTIONING, BALANCED TEAM LED BY THE 

Board Composition | pg 77

CHAIR.

 7. MAINTAIN APPROPRIATE GOVERNANCE 

Board of Directors | pg 72

STRUCTURES AND ENSURE THAT INDIVIDUALLY 

AND COLLECTIVELY THE DIRECTORS HAVE THE 

NECESSARY UP-TO-DATE EXPERIENCE, SKILLS AND 

Board Performance | pg 78

Board Experience | pg 79

CAPABILITIES.

 8. EVALUATE BOARD PERFORMANCE BASED ON 

Board Effectiveness | pg 78

CLEAR AND RELEVANT OBJECTIVES, SEEKING 

Remuneration Policy | pg 82

CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT.

 9. ESTABLISH A REMUNERATION POLICY WHICH IS 

Remuneration Committee Report | pg 82

SUPPORTIVE OF LONG-TERM VALUE CREATION 

AND THE COMPANY’S PURPOSE, STRATEGY, AND 

CULTURE.

 10. COMMUNICATE HOW THE COMPANY IS GOVERNED 

Corporate Governance Statement | pg 74

AND IS PERFORMING BY MAINTAINING A DIALOGUE 

WITH SHAREHOLDERS AND OTHER RELEVANT 

STAKEHOLDERS.

Engaging with Stakeholders (s172) | pg 66

Further information is also published on our website: 

alphagroup.com/investors/corporate-governance.

74

   75

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Corporate Governance 
The Board

The Board is responsible for the proper management of the Group by formulating, reviewing, approving and 

BOARD COMPOSITION

HOW THE BOARD OPERATES  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  REPORT

monitoring the Group’s strategy, budgets, corporate actions and risk appetite.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee determines 
and examines any matters relating 
to the financial affairs of the Group, 
including the terms of engagement 
of the Group’s auditors and, in 
consultation with the auditors, the 
scope of the audit. In addition, it 
considers the financial performance, 
position and prospects of the 
Group and ensures they are 
properly monitored and reported 
on, alongside reviewing regulatory 
announcements. The Audit 
Committee meets not less than 
three times in each financial year 
and has unrestricted access to the 
Group’s auditors.

The Audit Committee is chaired by 
Vijay Thakrar and its other members 
are Lisa Gordon and Clive Kahn, both 
of whom are independent Non-
Executive Directors and have recent 
and relevant financial experience.

The Nomination Committee 
reviews and recommends 
nominees as new Directors 
to the Board. The Nomination 
Committee meets as the 
Chairman of the committee 
requires.

The Remuneration Committee 
reviews the performance of the 
Executive Directors and sets 
their remuneration, determines 
the payment of bonuses to the 
Executive Directors, and considers 
the Group’s long-term incentive 
arrangements for employees. In 
exercising this role, members of 
this committee have regard to the 
recommendations put forward in 
the QCA Corporate Governance 
Code and to industry benchmarks.

The Nomination Committee is 
chaired by Clive Kahn; its other 
members are Lisa Gordon, Vijay 
Thakrar and Morgan Tillbrook.

The Remuneration Committee 
is chaired by Lisa Gordon and its 
other members are Clive Kahn 
and Vijay Thakrar, both of whom 
are independent, Non-Executive 
Directors.

KEY AREAS OF ACTIVITY

KEY AREAS OF ACTIVITY

KEY AREAS OF ACTIVITY

 − Financial reporting and market 

updates

 − Internal control and risk 
management reviews

 − External audit

 − Review of the Risk Register

 − Engage with Chief Risk Officer 

and Risk Committee

 − Review of complaints register

 − Review strategy and 

performance with Executive 
Directors & Senior Management

 − Assesses the adequacy of 
the knowledge pool of Non-
Executive Directors

 − Assesses the adequacy of 
representativeness of Non-
Executive Directors

 − Approve the appointment 
of any new Non-Executive 
Directors

 − Succession planning for 
Executive Directors and 
Senior Management

 − Oversight of Executive 
Remuneration policy

 − Review of Director’s 

remuneration against 
benchmark data

 − Setting and appraisal of 
performance targets

 − Reviewing equity incentive 

schemes

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the 

successful stewardship of the Group and sets the 

strategy for its long-term success. It is important 

that the Board contains the right mix of skills, 

experience and knowledge in order to deliver 

the strategy of the Group. As such, the Board 

comprises three Executive Directors and, including 

the Chairman, three independent Non-Executive 

Directors. The Board considers all three Non-

Executive Directors to be fully independent within 

the meaning of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Board maintains a flexible, efficient and effective 
management framework within an entrepreneurial 
environment, aiming to deliver long-term growth for 
shareholders. Matters reserved for the attention of 
the Board which are reviewed annually include the 
Group’s:

 − Objectives and strategy

 − Structure and capital

 − Financial reporting, controls and dividend policy

 − Regulatory reporting and controls

 − Risk management, internal controls and 

The Chairman and Chief Executive have distinct 

governance

roles. The Chairman’s primary responsibility is the 

delivery of the Group’s corporate governance and 

the effective operation of the Board of Directors, 

whilst the Chief Executive is responsible for the 

operation of the Group, in order to deliver on its 

strategic objectives. The Chairman has a clear 

separation from the day-to-day business of the 

Group which allows them to make independent 

decisions.

 − Significant contracts or investments

 − Shareholder communications

 − Board membership, succession planning and 

other appointments 

 − Remuneration of Senior Management

 − Delegation of authority 

BOARD MEETINGS

The Board believes that the size and composition of 

The Board held 11 scheduled Board meetings during 

the Board is appropriate given the size and stage of 

the year. Non-Executive Directors also communicate 

development of the Group and, as per the individual 

directly with Executive Directors and Senior 

biographies, that the Directors bring a desirable 

and diverse range of skills, experience, personal 

qualities and capabilities in light of the Group’s 

Management between formal Board meetings.

The Chairman and the CFO plan the agenda for 

challenges and opportunities, whilst at the same 

each Board meeting in consultation with all other 

time ensuring that no individual(s) can dominate 

Directors. The agenda is issued with supporting 

the Board’s decision making. All Board Directors 

papers ahead of the Board meetings, along with 

are subject to election at their first Annual General 

appropriate information required to enable the Board 

Meeting and to re-election annually thereafter. 

to discharge its duties.

Given the Group’s intention to move to the Main 

Market, we will look to add another Non-Executive 

Directors are expected to attend all Board meetings 

Director to the Board in 2024.

and the Committee meetings for which they are 

members. The table below shows the Director’s 

attendance at scheduled Board and Committee 

meetings during the year.

76

   77

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Corporate Governance 
Continued

BOARD MEETINGS FY2023

BOARD EXPERIENCE

BOARD

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE

AUDIT 
COMMITTEE

MORGAN 
TILLBROOK

TIM 

TIM 

CLIVE 

LISA 

POWELL

BUTTERS

KAHN

GORDON

VIJAY 
THAKRAR

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  REPORT

SCHEDULED MEETINGS

CLIVE KAHN

LISA GORDON

VIJAY THAKRAR

MORGAN TILLBROOK

TIM POWELL

TIM BUTTERS

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

1

1

1

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

BOARD COMMITTEES 

The skills and experience of the Board are outlined in 

The Board has established an Audit Committee, 

Remuneration Committee and Nominations 

Committee, each with formally delegated duties and 

responsibilities and with written terms of reference. 

Each Committee comprises Non-Executive Directors 

of the Group. No new independent external advice 

was sought by the Board or its Committees during the 

period. Full details on each committee can be seen on 

page 76.

BOARD PERFORMANCE

In February 2024, the Board instructed an independent 

company (Independent Audit) to conduct a Board 

performance review. Key areas of focus included:

 − Strategy;

 − Risk Management;

 − Financial Oversight;

 − Management Team;

 − People & Culture; and

 − Stakeholders.

The review is ongoing and is expected to be completed 

by the end of April 2024. 

their biographical details on page 72 and 79. 

Their experience and characteristics give them the 

ability to deliver and challenge the Group’s strategy 

for the benefit of all its stakeholders. The Board keeps 

succession planning under review and monitors the 

progress and success of the development plans which 

have been established for relevant employees, with 

a particular focus on ensuring over time all senior 

management positions have at least one internal 

successor. The Nomination Committee also monitors 

the length of tenure of the Chairman and Non-Executive 

Directors and the mix and skills of the Directors.

BUSINESS CULTURE, BEHAVIOURS AND ETHICS

The Group has a clearly defined vision, mission and 

purpose along with key behaviours and principles. 

‘Cultural Density’ is a core strategic pillar for the 

business, and as the company continues to scale, we 

believe retaining our culture and high ethical standards 

will be key to maintaining our high performance and 

delivering on our strategy. Anonymous employee 

engagement surveys are conducted annually and the 

company’s “Speak Up Culture” also ensures that all 

employees are empowered to give feedback on culture 

and behaviours, regardless of tenure or seniority. 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

SECTOR KNOWLEDGE

GLOBAL BUSINESS

LEADERSHIP & VALUES

SALES & MARKETING

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

TECHNOLOGY & OPERATIONS ✓

SUSTAINABILITY

RISK MANAGEMENT

MERGERS & ACQUISITIONS

CAPITAL MARKETS

✓

✓

✓

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT ✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Integrity is everything at Alpha and is underpinned 

DEVELOPMENT

by our principle of “Doing what’s right”. The 

Directors believe that the main determinant of 

whether a business behaves ethically and does the 

right thing is the quality of its people. The Directors 

are responsible for ensuring that individuals 

employed by the Group demonstrate the highest 

levels of integrity and undertake reviews of its 

employees regularly. In addition, the Group has a 

formal Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy and a 

Share Dealing Code.

The Company Secretary ensures that all Directors 

are kept up to date on any relevant changes in 

legislation and regulations, with the assistance of 

the Group’s advisers where appropriate. Executive 

Directors are subject to the Group’s performance 

development review process, through which their 

performance against predetermined objectives and 

their personal and professional developments needs 

are considered.

TIME COMMITMENTS

INTERNAL CONTROLS & RISK MANAGEMENT

The Directors recognise the need to commit the 

The Board has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s 

time necessary to fulfil their roles. This requirement 

control and risk management environment, all of 

is included in their letters of appointment. The 

which are designed to manage and mitigate risks that 

Board is satisfied that the Chairman and Non-

may undermine its strategic objectives. Such systems 

Executive Directors are able to commit sufficient 

can only provide a reasonable but not absolute level 

time to the Group’s business. There has been 

of assurance against material loss or misstatement. 

no significant change in the Chairman’s time 

The Audit Committee monitors and reviews the 

commitments since his appointment.

Group’s internal control procedures and reports its 

conclusions and recommendations to the Board.

78

   79

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  REPORT

Corporate Governance 
Continued

As further described on page 86 to 88 of the Audit 

Anonymous feedback from institutional investors 

Committee report, the Group has an established 

is obtained and shared with the Board following its 

framework of risk management and internal control 

interim and final results roadshows, and a quarterly 

systems, policies and procedures in place, including 

breakdown of the share register is provided to the 

an internal audit function.

Board for consideration.

RELATIONS WITH STAKEHOLDERS

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (“AGM”)

The Group is committed to ensuring it engages with 

The Group’s AGM will take place at 12:30pm on 1 May 

all of its stakeholders to ensure their needs and 

2024. The Notice of AGM and explanatory notes on all 

considerations are taken into account in its decision 

resolutions are provided alongside all copies of the 

making. Further details can be found on page 68.

annual report mailed to shareholders. Digital copies 

are also available via the Group’s website.

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

The Group maintains communication with both 

current and potential institutional shareholders 

through one-to-one meetings with the Chief 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 

particularly following the publication of its interim 

and full year results, as well as ad-hoc meetings 

and conference calls. Private shareholders are 

encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting 

at which the Group’s activities are considered and 

questions answered.

The Group’s website has a dedicated investor 

relations page which contains the latest information, 

including its most recent results. New and potential 

investors also have the opportunity to submit 

questions at any time throughout the year via the 

investor relations website, and all responses are 

published for everyone to see.

80

   81

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Remuneration Committee Report 
Lisa Gordon
Non-Executive Director

I am pleased to present the 2023 remuneration report, which 
sets out the remuneration policy and the remuneration paid 
to the Directors for the year. Alpha Group International plc is 
listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) and, as such, 
in the interests of transparency, the following disclosures are 
prepared on a voluntary basis for the Group.

MEMBERS OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

Details of the Remuneration Committee are provided 

in the Corporate Governance Statement.

REMUNERATION POLICY

The Group’s policy is that the Executive Directors’ 

remuneration package should be sufficiently 

competitive to attract, retain and motivate those 

Directors to achieve the Group’s objectives without 

making excessive payments. Remuneration is 

reviewed each year in light of the Group’s business 

objectives. The Remuneration Committee’s intention 

is that remuneration should reward achievement of 

objectives and that these align with shareholder’s 

interests over the medium-term. Remuneration 

EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR

REQUIRED WRITTEN 
NOTICE BY BOTH 
THE COMPANY AND 
INDIVIDUALS 

Morgan Tillbrook

12 months

Tim Powell

6 months

Tim Butters

6 months

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS SERVICE 

CONTRACTS

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

BASE SALARY INCREASE

The only changes made to Director’s Remuneration 

for shareholders. In light of this review, it was 

in 2023 was to increase the salary of the CRO, Tim 

concluded that the salary of Tim Butters was not 

Butters from £200,000 to £250,000. The Committee 

aligned to these benchmarks. The Committee 

carried out a review where Directors’ Remuneration 

believes that the best outcome for all stakeholders 

was benchmarked against businesses in a similar 

was to increase base salary to a level where it is 

sector and/or delivering similar growth and returns 

aligned to the wider market. The Committee will 

continue to undertake an annual benchmark review.

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

EXECUTIVE

Basic  
Salary / Fee

£

Morgan Tillbrook

500,000

Tim Butters

Tim Powell

NON-EXECUTIVE

Clive Kahn

Lisa Gordon 

Vijay Thakrar

250,000

225,000

52,500

52,500

52,500

Bonus*

Pension

Share-based 
Payment 

£

-

-

-

-

-

-

£

4,527

3,750

3,750

-

-

-

Other

£

-

Total

£

504,527

8,464

816

263,030

44,923

1,004

274,677

-

-

-

-

52,500

1,371

53,871

-

52,500

* The bonus arrangement for Morgan Tillbrook and Tim Powell for the year ended 31 December 2023 was a maximum bonus of 200% of 
basic salary for Morgan Tillbrook and 125% for Tim Powell, on the Group’s achievement against key performance indicators (year ended 31 
December 2022: 200% for Morgan Tillbrook and 150% for Tim Kidd). Due to tough market conditions and key performance indicators not 
being met, the Directors did not receive a bonus for 2023. 

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Basic  
Salary / Fee

Bonus*

Pension

Share-based 
Payment 

EXECUTIVE

£

£

£

Other

£

Total

£

5,130

1,008,687

1,318

407,654

£

-

£

–

–

consists of a basic salary, performance-related 

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service 

Morgan Tillbrook

500,000

500,000

3,557

bonus, long-term incentive plan and pension 

contracts but are appointed under letters of 

contributions.

appointment. Appointment letters are intended to 

be for a two-year term. No compensation is payable 

Performance-related bonuses are based on 

in the event of a Non-Executive not being re-elected. 

achievement of the Group’s budget for both revenue 

The Board determines the terms and conditions of 

and underlying profit, both of which are key KPIs for 

the Non-Executive Directors.

the Group. The Committee ensures that the balance 

between fixed and variable remuneration helps 

to ensure objectives are aligned. The Committee 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

believes that the dual focus on revenue and profit 

The following table summarises the total gross 

performance is integral to ensuring delivery of 

remuneration of the Directors who served in the year 

shareholder value.

ended 31 December 2023.

Tim Kidd (resigned 5 
December 2022)

Tim Butters

Tim Powell1

NON-EXECUTIVE

Clive Kahn

Lisa Gordon 

Vijay Thakrar

232,192

174,144

–

200,000

16,331

52,500

52,500

52,500

–

–

–

–

–

3,750

23,894

819

228,463

–

–

–

–

15,928

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

32,259

52,500

52,500

52,500

82

   83

1 Tim Powell was appointed to the Board on 5 December 2022. His salary for the year ended 31 December 2023 was £225,000. This has been 
apportioned in the prior year 2022 table below from the date of his appointment.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Remuneration Committee Report 
Continued

The Executive remuneration policy for the year ended December 2024 is set out in the table below: 

EXECUTIVE

Morgan Tillbrook

Tim Powell

Tim Butters

Base Salary

£

£500,000

£325,000

£300,000

Bonus

%

150%

125%

Nil

Pension

£

£3,750

£3,750

£3,750

For the Executives, the Annual Bonus Plan is based 

Tim Butters is a participant in the E and F Growth 

on the Group’s achievement against key performance 

Share Schemes. Full details of the scheme are 

indicators. The calculation is aligned to revenue and 

provided in Note 25 of the Consolidated Financial 

profit growth, with a maximum bonus requiring the 

Statements. Following the revenue growth target of 

Group to achieve a minimum of 10% above its internal 

20% being met for the year ended 31 December 2022, 

budget. In order to avoid any perceived conflicts of 

he was awarded 22,636 shares in March 2023.

interest, the Chief Risk Officer is not incentivised via a 

performance-related bonus.      

At 31 December 2023 Tim Powell had no beneficial 

The highest paid Director was paid £504,527 during the 

participant in the F Growth Share Scheme which was 

year (2022: £1,008,687). The average earnings within 

established prior to his appointment as a Director. 

the Group for the year ending 31 December 2023, 

Full details of the scheme are provided in Note 25 of 

excluding Directors, was £74,818 (2022: £72,707).

the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

interest in the shares of the Company. He is a 

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDING AND SHARE 

INTERESTS

Following the revenue growth target for the year 

ended 31 December 2023 not being met for the E 

Growth Shares or the F Growth Shares, the shares 

The following table summarises the shareholding and 

lapsed. As a result, no shares in Alpha Group 

share interests of the Directors at 31 December 2023.

International plc will be issued as consideration for 

the lapsed E and F Growth Shares in March 2024.

A non-binding resolution to accept the Remuneration 

Committee Report will be put to shareholders at 

the Annual General Meeting and the Committee will 

conduct a full annual review of the policy.

Lisa Gordon 

Non-Executive Director 

Remuneration Committee Chair

AS AT 

31 DECEMBER 2023

BENEFICIALLY 

OWNED

EXECUTIVE

Morgan Tillbrook

Tim Butters

Tim Powell

NON-EXECUTIVE

Clive Kahn 

Lisa Gordon

Vijay Thakrar

5,934,168

34,229 

-

355,000

25,665

2,400

84

   85

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Audit Committee Report 
Vijay Thakrar 
Non-Executive Director

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Audit 
Committee report for the year ended 31 December 2023.  
The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is appropriately reported and reviewed. 

Its role includes: monitoring the integrity of the financial statements (including annual and interim accounts and 

results announcements), reviewing internal control and risk management systems by the whole Board, reviewing 

any changes to accounting policies, reviewing and monitoring the extent of the non-audit services undertaken 

by external auditors, overseeing the internal audit plan, and advising on the appointment of external auditors. 

The Audit Committee met at three scheduled meetings during the year and also held meetings, independent of 

management, with BDO LLP, the Company’s external auditors.

DUTIES

REVENUE RECOGNITION

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

FAIR VALUE OF OPEN TRADES

PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT FOR SHARE-BASED 

Accounts receivable include unrealised profits on 

PAYMENTS

open trades as at the year end. The committee 

The Committee considered with management and 

discussed with management the accounting 

the auditors the background to the prior period 

treatment applied to determining the fair value 

adjustment and proposed adjustment. The reasons 

of open positions, who confirmed that the 

for the adjustment we discussed, and the Committee 

methodology is consistent with previous years. 

received assurances that the proposed treatment 

The auditors have also reviewed the same and 

was appropriate and had been scrutinised by 

concluded that it is appropriate.

technical experts.

NET TREASURY INCOME 

ROLE OF THE EXTERNAL AUDITOR

Given the increases in interest rates over H1 2023, 

The external auditor, BDO LLP, was initially appointed 

the Committee discussed with management the 

in the financial year to 31 December 2016, following 

reporting of net treasury income arising from client 

a formal tender process. As a result of the five-year 

balances and whether it should be included within 

rotation policy to enhance auditor independence, 

The main items of business considered by the Audit 

Given the different nature of the Company’s 

operating / underlying profits or not. The proposed 

the current audit partner was appointed for the 2021 

Committee during the year included:

income streams from FX Risk Management and 

treatment, agreed with the auditors, seeks to 

audit. No changes were made for the 2022 or 2023 

 − review of the 2023 BDO LLP audit plan and audit 

engagement letter;

 − consideration of key audit matters and how they 

are addressed;

 − review of the effectiveness of the external audit 

process;

 − monitoring of the integrity of the financial 

statements and Annual Report, and of any trading 
updates provided externally;

 − review of the risk management and internal 

control systems by the whole Board;

 − review of the annual internal audit plan; 

 − consideration of regulatory developments and 

their impact; and

 − reviewed the accounting for share schemes and 

the associated prior year restatement.

Alternative Banking, the Committee discussed the 

revenue recognition treatment adopted for the 

different streams with management and with the 

auditors, who have confirmed that the Company’s 

treatments accord with relevant accounting 

standards. This included consideration of the 

appropriateness of traders’ incentivisation plans 

and the strength of anti-fraud controls.

CREDIT RISK

In light of the changes within the macro-economic 

environment continuing into 2023, the committee 

discussed with management the likelihood of 

material customer defaults and their impact on 

the Group’s financial performance. The Committee 

concluded that adequate safeguards are in place 

to reduce the risk of material customer defaults 

As a result of considering the above matters, the 

from arising.

Committee focused on the following matters 

considered to potentially have a material impact on  

the Group’s financial results.

achieve transparency. 

CREDIT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT (CVA)

audits to ensure continuity of service. The Audit 

Committee monitors the relationship to ensure that 

auditor independence and objectivity are maintained. 

The Committee is satisfied with BDO’s independence 

The Committee has discussed with management 

but will keep under review the need for an external 

the CVA methodology adopted. Management have 

tender. The breakdown of fees between audit 

confirmed that the CVA methodology is consistent 

and non-audit services is provided in Note 6 of 

with previous years, and the auditors have also 

the Group’s financial statements. The Committee 

reviewed the Company’s CVA and concluded that it 

monitors the non-audit fees. Having reviewed the 

is appropriate.

NON-RECURRING COSTS

auditor’s independence and performance, the 

Audit Committee recommends that BDO LLP be 

reappointed as the Group’s auditor at the next AGM.

The Committee discussed with management the 

treatment of costs that are not part of underlying 

EXTERNAL AUDIT PROCESS

profits e.g. those associated with listing the group 

BDO LLP prepares a plan for the audit of the full 

on the Main Market. It was concluded that the 

period financial statements. This audit plan sets out 

proposed treatment of these costs appropriately 

the scope of the audit, areas to be targeted and the 

reflects the underlying profits, and has been 

audit timetable. This plan is reviewed and agreed 

agreed with the auditors. In the interests of 

in advance by the Audit Committee. Following the 

transparency, the disclosures make clear what 

audit, the auditor presents its findings to the Audit 

these non-underlying costs are.

Committee for discussion, including management 

86

   87

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Audit Committee Report 
Continued

letter points detailing areas for improvement within 

WHISTLEBLOWING

the company’s internal controls framework. The Audit 

Committee monitors management’s remediation 

plans in respect of such recommendations, which are 

formally tracked and reported by the Head of Internal 

Audit.

INTERNAL AUDIT

An internal audit function was created in February 

2022 with the appointment of an experienced 

internal auditor with relevant industry experience 

to lead the function, with a direct and open line 

of communication between the Audit Committee 

The Group has a whistleblowing policy which enables 

employees of the Group to confidentially report 

matters of concern. The Group is committed to 

conducting business with honesty and integrity at all 

times, and Alpha staff are encouraged to speak up 

without fear of retribution if they have any concerns. 

In the event that any such concerns are raised, 

these would be escalated to the Chief Risk Officer 

in accordance with the policy and reported to the 

Board. No such instances were reported to the Board 

during 2023.

Chair and the Head of Audit. In 2023 the Internal 

OUR PRIORITIES FOR THE YEAR AHEAD

Audit function has continued to grow, recruiting 

an additional headcount to the team and creating 

new relationships with external consultancies to 

deliver the annual internal audit plan. This plan was 

proposed independently from the Alpha Executives/

Management Team and approved by the Audit 

Committee. Any findings arising from internal audit 

During 2024, the Committee will focus on:

 − Reviewing the reporting of the Group’s results 

/ performance externally for balance and 

consistency with how performance is reviewed 

and monitored internally;

activity are reported to the Audit Committee, which 

 − Monitoring with the Board as a whole the key 

reviews the appropriateness of any follow-up actions.

risks facing the Group; the effectiveness of the 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

material controls over those risks; ensuring 

that appropriate resources and experience are 

provided to help mitigate the risks and enhance 

As described on page 79 of the corporate 

controls where necessary; 

governance report, the Group has established a 

framework of risk management and internal control 

systems, policies and procedures. The Board 

as a whole is responsible for reviewing the risk 

management and internal control framework and 

ensuring that it operates effectively. The Committee 

ensures that the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, who 

chairs the Company’s Risk Committees to consider 

the principal risks facing the Company, presents a 

 − Assessing any ongoing changes to the 

regulatory environment, business practices and 

risk profile of the Group; and

 − Considering changes needed to the Company’s 

reporting and risk management processes as a 

result of its planned move to be listed on the UK 

Main Market Premium Segment. 

regular update of the Risk Committees’ work to the 

Vijay Thakar 

Board, and internal control systems are routinely 

Non-Executive Director 

assessed via the performance of a controls testing 

Audit Committee Chair

programme and the internal audit plan.

88

   89

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023. 

The corporate governance statement on page 74 also forms part of this Director’s Report.

BUSINESS REVIEW

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

An analysis of the Group’s development (including likely 

The Directors’ interests in the Group’s shares and 

future developments) and performance is contained in 

options over ordinary shares are shown in the 

the Chairman’s Statement, CEO’s Statement and Our 

remuneration report on page 84.

Strategy. Information on the financial risk management 

strategy of the Group and its exposure to its principal 

risks & uncertainties section of the report is on page 52.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY

Alpha Group International plc (the “Company”) is a public 

limited company incorporated and domiciled in England 

and Wales. The registered office of the Company is 

Brunel Building, 2 Canalside Walk, London W2 1DG. The 

CHARITABLE DONATIONS

During the year, the Group donated £1,419 to charity.

POLITICAL DONATIONS

The Group has not made any political donations in the 

past, nor does it intend to make them in the future.

registered company number is 07262416. The Company 

ENVIRONMENT

presents a list of its subsidiaries in note 15.

The Company’s principal activity is the development 

of financial strategies and technologies for global 

corporates and institutions covering: FX risk 

management, mass payments and account opening 

requirements.

RESULTS AND DIVIDEND

The Group shows its results for the year in the 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on 

page 104. Details of the proposed final dividend for the 

year are included on page 7. 

The Group believes in minimising its impact to the 

environment where possible and is a certified carbon 

neutral company. More details on the measures it has 

taken are set out on 62-64.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES

We are committed to ensuring our workplace is equal, 

diverse and inclusive. We operate a true meritocracy, 

recruiting and promoting staff based on their attitude, 

skills and experience. We do not discriminate between 

employees or prospective employees on the grounds 

of age, race, disability, religion, gender or any other 

criteria. We are also committed to ensuring all 

employees feel respected and are able to perform to 

DIRECTORS

the best of their ability.

The Directors of the Company during the year were: 

EXECUTIVE 

NON-EXECUTIVE 

EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Morgan Tillbrook 

Clive Kahn 

Following the third year of vesting of the Alpha FX 

Tim Butters 

Tim Powell

Lisa Gordon 

Vijay Thakrar

Institutional Limited share scheme for the year ended 

31 December 2023, the Company will be issuing 126,201 

shares in March 2024.

Biographical details, along with committee 

responsibilities, are provided on page 72.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Following the second year of vesting of the Alpha 

Lisa Gordon, Non-Executive Director of the Company 

Foreign Exchange (Canada) Limited share scheme for 

will also step down from the Board by not putting 

the year ended 31 December 2023, the Company will 

herself up for re-election at the Company’s AGM on 

be issuing 5,734 shares in March 2024.

the 01 May 2024. A process to recruit an additional 

Non-Executive Director will be undertaken in the 

Following the second year of the vesting for D1 and 

coming months.

D2 Share scheme and the first year of vesting for the 

D3 Share scheme for the year ended 31 December 

2023, the Company will be issuing 80,544 shares in 

March 2024.

Following the first year of vesting of the Alpha FX 

Netherlands Limited share scheme for the year 

ended 31 December 2023, the Company will be 

issuing 22,148 shares in March 2024.

On 29 January 2024, the Group announced a share 

repurchase programme up to a value of £20m to 

purchase ordinary shares of 0.2 pence each.  The 

Ordinary Shares purchased will be held in treasury. 

As at 19 March 2024, 339,929 ordinary shares of 0.2 

pence each had been purchased for a consideration 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The financial risk management objectives and 

policies of the Group, including credit risk, market 

risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and currency risk, 

are provided in note 18 to the Consolidated Financial 

Statements.

SHARE CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Details of changes in the Group’s share capital are 

disclosed in note 21 of the Consolidated Financial 

Statements.

SHARE OPTIONS SCHEMES

of £5.8m representing 0.8% per cent of the issued 

Details of employee share schemes are set out in 

share capital of the Group as at 19 March 2024. All 

note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

shares purchased were held in Treasury.

On 29 February 2024, the Group entered into an 

interest rate swap for a notional amount of up to 

€100m to fix the rate of interest receivable on Euro 

cash balances held in respect of the Group’s client 

cash balances. With the interest rate swap, the Group 

receives a fixed rate of interest and pays a floating 

interest rate based on EuroSTR, the difference 

between the rates results in the Group receiving a 

fixed rate of interest. The contract commences in 

March 2024 and expires in March 2026 with a net 

interest rate receivable of 3%. Hedge accounting is 

applied in accordance with IFRS 9.

On 20 March the group announced changes to the 

Board of Directors with Dame Jayne-Anne Gadhia 

appointed to the board as Chair Designate, effective 

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

There was no purchase of own shares in the period. 

GOING CONCERN

As described in note 2 of the financial statements, 

the Group has carried out a Going Concern 

assessment. The Directors believe the Group is 

in a strong financial position due to its profitable 

operations and strong cash generation, and therefore 

that the Group has adequate resources to continue 

its operations for the foreseeable future. For this 

reason, they continue to adopt the going concern 

basis in preparing the financial statements. 

RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

from the Company’s AGM on 01 May 2024, subject to 

The Company has a continuous programme of 

the completion of normal regulatory due diligence by 

development expenditure as part of its focus on 

the Company’s Nominated Adviser. In line with this, 

evolving its service offering through technological 

Clive Kahn, who has been Chair of the Company since 

innovation. Capitalised internal development 

2016, will therefore not be seeking re-election at the 

expenditure is disclosed in note 12 of the accounts. 

Company’s 2025 AGM, with Jayne-Anne remaining 

All other development expenditure is recognised in 

Chair Designate until the conclusion of Clive’s term 

the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

as Chair. 

90

   91

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Directors’ Report 
Continued

BRANCHES

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 

Financial statements are published on the 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  DIRECTORS’ REPORT

accounting records that are sufficient to show and 

Company’s website in accordance with legislation 

explain the company’s transactions and disclose 

in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 

with reasonable accuracy at any time the company’s 

and dissemination of financial statements, which 

financial position and enable them to ensure 

may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The 

that the financial statements comply with the 

maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are 

is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ 

also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 

responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of 

Company and hence for taking reasonable steps 

the financial statements contained therein.

for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 

irregularities.

WEBSITE PUBLICATION

By order of the board

Simon Kang   

Company Secretary 

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the 

19 March 2024

annual report and the financial statements are made 

available on a website.  

The Group has a number of branches outside of the 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 

United Kingdom located in The Netherlands, Italy, 

Report and the financial statements in accordance with 

Spain, Germany, and Australia. 

applicable law and regulations.

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS

The board intends to continue to pursue the 

business strategy as outlined in the strategic report 

on page 18 and 20.

STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT POLICIES

The Directors believe that the involvement of 

employees, clients and suppliers is an integral 

part of the Group’s culture and plays a key part in 

its decision making and growth to date. For more 

information, view pages 66, 67 and 68.

AUDITOR AND DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION  

TO AUDITOR

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 

financial statements for each financial year. Under 

that law the Directors have elected to prepare the 

Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance 

with UK adopted International Accounting Standards 

and the company financial statements in accordance 

with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and 

applicable law). Under company law the Directors must 

not approve the financial statements unless they are 

satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 

of affairs of the Group and company and of the profit 

or loss of the Group and company for that period. 

The Directors are also required to prepare financial 

statements in accordance with the rules of the London 

Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on the 

BDO LLP were appointed as auditors on 7 December 

Alternative Investment Market. 

2016 and are continuing in office. In accordance 

with s489(4) of the Companies Act 2006 a resolution 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors 

for their reappointment will be proposed at the 

are required to: 

forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

As far as the Directors are aware, there is no 

them consistently; 

 − select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

relevant audit information of which the Company’s 

auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken all 

reasonable steps that he or she ought to have taken 

to make himself or herself aware of any relevant 

audit information and to establish that the Group’s 

auditors are aware of this information.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The Annual General Meeting will be held at 12:30pm 

on 01 May 2024 at the offices of Bird & Bird LLP, 12 

New Fetter Lane, London EC4A 1JP.  The Notice of 

Annual General Meeting and the ordinary and special 

resolutions to be put to the meeting are included 

at the end of this Annual Report and financial 

statements.

 − make judgements and accounting estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent; 

 − state whether they have been prepared in 

accordance with UK adopted international 

accounting standards subject to any material 

departures disclosed and explained in the financial 

statements; and

 − prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis, unless it is appropriate to presume 

that the Company will continue in business.

92

   93

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Independent Auditor’s report  
To the members of Alpha Group 
International Plc

Opinion on the financial statements 

In our opinion:

 − the financial statements give a true and fair view 

of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 

Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of 

the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting 

Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United 

Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

BASIS FOR OPINION

 − the Group financial statements have been 

We conducted our audit in accordance with 

properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted 

International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) 

international accounting standards;

and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 

 − the Parent Company financial statements have 

been properly prepared in accordance with 

United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice; and

 − the financial statements have been prepared 

in accordance with the requirements of the 

Companies Act 2006. 

We have audited the financial statements of Alpha 

Group International Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) 

and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year 

ended 31 December 2023 which comprise the 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 

the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, 

the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, 

the Company Statement of Financial Position, the 

Company Statement of Changes in Equity and notes 

to the financial statements, including material 

accounting policy information. 

The financial reporting framework that has been 

applied in the preparation of the Group financial 

statements is applicable law and UK adopted 

international accounting standards. The financial 

reporting framework that has been applied in 

the preparation of the Parent Company financial 

statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 

standards are further described in the Auditor’s 

responsibilities for the audit of the financial 

statements section of our report. We believe that the 

audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 

appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

INDEPENDENCE

We remain independent of the Group and the 

Parent Company in accordance with the ethical 

requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 

financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 

Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and 

we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 

accordance with these requirements. 

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

In auditing the financial statements, we have 

concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern 

basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 

statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the 

Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent 

Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 

concern basis of accounting included:

 − We considered the risks identified and 

judgements made by the Directors as most 

likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Parent 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Company’s available financial resources and 

independent sources. We also performed 

challenged the Directors on their appropriateness 

retrospective testing to compare prior year’s 

based on our understanding of the business, 

forecasts to current year actual results to 

results of our audit work and the relevant macro-

evaluate the reliability and reasonableness of 

economic factors. 

historic forecasts. 

 − The risks and judgement the Directors considered 

 − Impact of climate risks on long-term strategy, 

as most likely to impact the business and where 

financial projections, and viability of the business. 

we challenged were:

 − Reasonableness of bad debt provisions and 

 − A major client default or loss of a major client: 

valuation adjustments including credit value 

In doing so we considered the reduced client 

adjustments (CVA).

concentration risk in the forward and options 

business based on revenue.

 − Free cash position: We reviewed the Directors 

cash flow forecast for a period of at least 

12 months from the date of signing these 

financial statements. We reviewed the 

Directors downside scenario considering 

the impact of rising interest rates, inflation 

and contraction in the UK economy on the 

operations and Group’s internal forecast 

including related assumptions. 

 − We also considered the adequacy of the Group’s 

capital regulatory requirements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 

identified any material uncertainties relating to events 

or conditions that, individually or collectively, may 

cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent 

Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 

a period of at least twelve months from when the 

financial statements are authorised for issue. 

 − Reliability of the forecasts prepared by the 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 

Directors were compared to relevant published 

Directors with respect to going concern are described 

data and to data obtained from reputable 

in the relevant sections of this report. 

OVERVIEW

COVERAGE

99% (2022: 96%) of Group profit before tax
100% (2022: 100%) of Group revenue
99% (2022: 100%) of Group total assets

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

2023

2022

Existence and accuracy of revenue

Accounting for growth share schemes

Appropriateness of Credit value adjustments (CVA)

Fair value of growth shares

*

**

***

MATERIALITY

Group financial statements as a whole £2.1 million (2022: £1.9 million) based on 5% of 
adjusted profit before tax excluding the impact of one-off expenses incurred for business 
combination and interest earned on the e-money balance (2022: 5% of Profit before tax less 
other operating income).

*This pertains to the errors identified in the current year relating to the accounting treatment of growth share schemes in previous years.

**This is no longer considered to be a KAM because the model is now well established in addition to the rationale and justification of the various 
associated inputs.

***This is no longer considered to be a KAM due to our enhanced understanding of the valuation methodology and consistency of its application, 
assumptions and judgments around the valuation of growth share schemes as well as the limited impact in the current year where only one new 
scheme was issued.

94

   95

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Independent Auditor’s report 
Continued

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT

OUR INVOLVEMENT WITH COMPONENT 

KEY AUDIT MATTER

EXISTENCE AND 
ACCURACY OF 
REVENUE

The Group’s revenue 
recognition policy 
is included with the 
accounting policies in 
note 2 and segment 
reporting on revenue 
is included in note 5

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an 

AUDITORS

understanding of the Group and its environment, 

For the work performed by component auditors, 

including the Group’s system of internal 

we determined the level of involvement needed 

control, and assessing the risks of material 

in order to be able to conclude whether sufficient 

misstatement in the financial statements. We 

appropriate audit evidence has been obtained 

also addressed the risk of management override 

as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial 

of internal controls, including assessing whether 

statements as a whole. Our involvement with 

there was evidence of bias by the Directors 

component auditors included the following:

that may have represented a risk of material 

misstatement. 

The Group comprises the Parent Company 

and 10 subsidiaries (2022: 14). Alpha Group 

International Plc, Alpha FX Limited, Alpha FX 

Institutional Limited and Alpha FX Europe 

Limited have been determined to be significant 

components. With the exception of Alpha FX 

Europe Limited, the audits of all significant 

components were performed by the Group 

engagement team. The audit of Alpha FX Europe 

Limited was performed by our network firm 

in Malta with the Group engagement team 

performing additional specific audit procedures 

on material financial statements areas. We 

determined that the Alpha Foreign Exchange 

(Canada) Limited, Financial transactional 

services B.V and Alpha FX Italy Limited (active 

until 30 Sept 2023, transferred to Alpha FX 

Europe) were not significant components for the 

purposes of the Group audit. For these entities, 

specific audit procedures on material financial 

statements areas were performed by the Group 

engagement team. The financial information 

of Alpha FX Netherlands, a non-significant 

component, was subject to review procedures 

performed by the Group engagement team. All 

other entities are not trading currently or are 

dormant and have no impact on the Group audit.

 − Instructions were issued to the component 

auditor detailing the scope, the risk assessment, 

timing of their work and the allocated 

component materiality thresholds; 

 − We conducted numerous meetings through the 
planning, execution and completion stages of 

the audit; 

 − We performed a detailed review of the submitted 
reporting deliverables and reviewed the work 

undertaken by our component auditor by 

including their working papers, and findings 

where necessary.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgement, were of most significance 
in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether 
or not due to fraud) that we identified, including 
those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as 
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

The risk relating to the FX Hedging 
revenue stream revolves around the 
existence and accuracy of revenue 
recorded in the year. Existence refers 
to the risk that trades did not occur 
or were overstated, accuracy refers to 
the risk that calculations identifying 
the revenue amounts to be recorded 
contain errors.

The Group’s reported FX Hedging 
revenue drives the level of sales 
commissions payable to front office 
staff and is a key metric in the Group’s 
Growth Share Scheme used to 
incentivise directors, key Management 
and certain staff, which further 
increases the risk over the existence of 
revenue recognised.

For Alternative Banking, the risk lies 
in the payments revenue which is 
recognised on a monthly basis in line 
with the minimum monthly fee agreed 
with customers subject to adjustments 
for other fees e.g. monthly bank 
charges based on volume collections 
or payments transactions are added. 
There is a risk that the calculations 
identifying the revenue amounts to be 
recorded contains errors.

For these reasons we considered the 
existence and accuracy of revenue to 
be a key audit matter.

HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED 

THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

We reviewed the revenue recognition policy 
applied by management to each of the 
Group’s revenue streams and considered its 
compliance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ 
(FX hedging revenue) and IFRS15 ‘Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers’’ (Payments 
transaction fee) with a specific focus on 
existence and measurement of revenue.

For FX Hedging revenue, we tested a sample 
of matched principal spot, forward and 
option contracts to verify the existence 
and accuracy of revenue, with reference to 
underlying supporting trade tickets and third 
party information recorded with the relevant 
banking counterparty. We recalculated the 
profits arising from the trades and tested key 
inputs to the relevant underlying supporting 
documents outlined above.

For Alternative Banking, payments revenue, we 
agreed a sample of the Payments transaction 
fee revenue to supporting documentation. We 
obtained revenue confirmations from a sample 
of customers on the payments transaction 
fee revenue report to address existence and 
accuracy.

Further, we have performed operating 
effectiveness testing over the key revenue 
controls in the process, as part of our testing 
we have selected the appropriate sample 
size as per our methodology and assessed 
whether these controls have operated as 
intended during the financial period under 
consideration.

KEY OBSERVATIONS:  
Based on the procedures performed we 
consider the recognition of revenue to be 
appropriate and in line with the requirements 
of the reporting framework.

96

   97

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
Independent Auditor’s report 
Continued

KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED 

ACCOUNTING FOR 
GROWTH SHARE 
SCHEMES

See note 2 on 
accounting policy 
for Share-based 
payments and note 
4 for additional 
disclosures 

The group has several growth share 
schemes in place to reward key 
employees who work within the entities 
in the Group. These schemes are 
equity settled and are within the scope 
of International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) 2.

Accounting for growth share schemes is 
an inherently complex area in relation to 
the share option charge, vesting period 
and fair valuation accounting treatment.

During the current year, we have 
identified various errors in the 
accounting treatment of the growth 
share scheme in previous years. 

Due to the material nature of these 
errors, the previous years financial 
statements have been restated in 
accordance with the requirements of 
International Accounting Standards 
(IAS) 8 and a third statement of 
financial position has been presented 
in accordance with the requirements 
of International Accounting Standards 
(IAS) 1.

THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

We have obtained an understanding of the 
accounting treatment and the related controls 
around the growth share schemes (schemes). 

We reviewed the schemes agreements to 
understand the mechanics and various terms 
and conditions.

With the assistance from our technical 
accounting department, we assessed the 
accounting treatment of the several growth 
share schemes, including the impact of 
the previous years’ errors on the financial 
statements.

We evaluated the prior year restatement 
disclosures and assessed if these are in line with 
the requirements of IAS 8. Additionally, we tested 
the completeness and accuracy of the prior 
year restatement calculations by tracing back to 
the prior year audited financial statements and 
ensuring the correct journal have been posted 
within the correct period.

KEY OBSERVATIONS: 
Based on the above procedures, We have not 
identified any indicator that would suggest that 
the prior period errors have not been corrected 
appropriately and that the current accounting 
treatment for growth share schemes does not 
comply with the requirements of IFRS 2

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

2023
£ million

2022
£ million

2023
£ million

2022
£ million

Materiality

2.1

1.9

0.7

0.7

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Performance 
materiality

Basis for determining 
performance 
materiality

Rationale for the 
percentage applied 
for performance 
materiality

5% of Profit before tax 
excluding the impact 
of one-off expenses 
incurred for business 
combination and interest 
earned on e-money 
balance.

Investors are the 
principal stakeholders 
and are primarily 
interested in profitability. 
Due to rising interest 
rates, the Group has 
earned a significant 
amount of interest 
income which has been 
eliminated to arrive at 
a profit more reflective 
of investors’ interest 
and core business 
profitability.

5% of Profit before tax 
less other operating 
income.

1% of total assets

1% of total assets

The entity is an asset 
based entity and 
serves as a holding 
company for group. 
In the absence of any 
revenue total assets is 
used as a benchmark 
to calculate materiality.  

The entity is an asset 
based entity and 
serves as a holding 
company for group. 
In the absence of any 
revenue total assets is 
used as a benchmark 
to calculate materiality.  

Investors are the 
principal stakeholders 
and are primarily 
interested in profitability. 
Due to rising interest 
rates, the Group has 
earned a significant 
amount of interest 
income which has been 
eliminated to arrive at a 
profit more reflective of 
investors interest. 

1.37

1.24

0.4

0.4

65% of Materiality

65% of Materiality

65% of Materiality

65% of Materiality

The Group has extended 
its geographical range 
and has some complex 
estimates involved in the 
financial statements. As 
such, we have deemed 
it appropriate to set our 
threshold at 65%.

The Group has extended 
its geographical range 
and has some complex 
estimates involved in the 
financial statements. As 
such, we have deemed 
it appropriate to set our 
threshold at 65%.

This is based on 
our expected value 
of known and likely 
misstatements in 
the current year, 
and Management’s 
attitude to proposed 
adjustments.

This is based on 
our expected value 
of known and likely 
misstatements in 
the current year, 
and Management’s 
attitude to proposed 
adjustments.

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 

dependent on the size and our assessment of the 

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning 

and performing our audit, and in evaluating the 

effect of misstatements. We consider materiality to 

be the magnitude by which misstatements, including 

omissions, could influence the economic decisions of 

reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the 

financial statements. 

probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, 

we use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, 

to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, 

misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be 

evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the 

nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 

circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their 

effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

materiality for the financial statements as a whole 

risk of material misstatement of that component.  

and performance materiality as shown above. 

Component materiality ranged from £0.42m to 

COMPONENT MATERIALITY

£2.1 million (2022: £0.132 million to £1.8 million). In 

the audit of each component, we further applied 

performance materiality levels of 65% (2022: 65%) 

For the purposes of our Group audit opinion, we 

of the component materiality to our testing to 

set materiality for each significant component of 

ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component 

the Group based on a percentage of between 21% 

materiality was appropriately mitigated.

and 90% (2022: 7% and 95%) of Group materiality 

98

   99

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Independent Auditor’s report 
Continued

REPORTING THRESHOLD  

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would 

report to them all individual audit differences in 

excess of £42k (2022: £39.4k).  We also agreed to 

report differences below this threshold that, in our 

view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

OTHER INFORMATION

The directors are responsible for the other 

information. The other information comprises the 

information included in the annual report other than 

the financial statements and our auditor’s report 

thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 

does not cover the other information and, except to 

the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, 

we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 

thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other 

information and, in doing so, consider whether the 

other information is materially inconsistent with 

the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 

in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to 

be materially misstated. If we identify such material 

inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, 

we are required to determine whether this gives rise 

to a material misstatement in the financial statements 

themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, 

we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 

this other information, we are required to report that 

fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING

Based on the responsibilities described below and our 

work performed during the course of the audit, we are 

required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to 

report on certain opinions and matters as described 

below.  

STRATEGIC REPORT 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

AND DIRECTORS’ 

REPORT 

 − the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the 

financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with 

the financial statements; and

 − the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance 

with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and 

its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 

misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

MATTERS ON WHICH 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the 

WE ARE REQUIRED 

Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

TO REPORT BY 

EXCEPTION

 − adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or 

returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited 

by us; or

 − the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

 − certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

 − we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS

respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent 

As explained more fully in the Directors’ 

responsibilities statement, the Directors are 

responsible for the preparation of the financial 

statements and for being satisfied that they give a 

true and fair view, and for such internal control as 

the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 

preparation of financial statements that are free 

from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 

error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors 

are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the 

Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 

concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 

to going concern and using the going concern basis 

of accounting unless the Directors either intend to 

liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to 

cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 

to do so.

to which our procedures are capable of detecting 

irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

We gained an understanding of the legal and 

regulatory framework applicable to the Group 

and Parent Company, and the industry in which it 

operates and considered the risk of acts by the 

Group and Parent Company which would be contrary 

to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud.

These included but were not limited to compliance 

with the Companies Act 2006, Accounting standards, 

AIM Rules, Corporation Tax Act 2010 and the 

Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) regulations.

We assessed compliance with applicable laws and 

regulations and performed audit procedures on 

these areas as considered necessary.

OUR PROCEDURES INVOLVED:

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF 

 − enquiry with the management and those 

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 

about whether the financial statements as a whole 

are free from material misstatement, whether due 

to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 

that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 

a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 

an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) 

will always detect a material misstatement when it 

charged with governance regarding how the 

Group and Parent Company is complying with 

those legal and regulatory frameworks and 

whether there were any known instances of 

non-compliance, or any actual, suspected or 

alleged fraud;

 − assessment of the Group’s compliance with 

applicable taxation regulations with the 

assistance of tax specialists;

exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 

 − review of board and audit committee meeting 

and are considered material if, individually or in the 

minutes for any known instances of non-

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 

compliance, or any actual, suspected or alleged 

influence the economic decisions of users taken on 

fraud; and review of legal correspondence and 

the basis of these financial statements.

those from the regulator; and

EXTENT TO WHICH THE AUDIT WAS CAPABLE OF 

from the regulator for any instances of non-

DETECTING IRREGULARITIES, INCLUDING FRAUD

compliance with laws and regulations.

 − review of legal correspondence and those 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of 

We assessed the susceptibility of the financial 

non-compliance with laws and regulations. We 

statements to material misstatement, including 

design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 

fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included but 

outlined above, to detect material misstatements in 

not limited to:

100

   101

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Independent Auditor’s report 
Continued

 − Enquiry with management and those charged 

non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout 

with governance regarding any known or 

the audit. We also reviewed the result of component 

suspected instances of fraud; 

audit teams procedures performed in this regard.

 − Review of minutes of meeting of those charged 

with governance for any known or suspected 

instances of fraud;

 − Discussion amongst the engagement team 

(including internal forensics experts) as to how 

and where fraud might occur in the financial 

statements;

Our audit procedures were designed to respond 

to risks of material misstatement in the financial 

statements, recognising that the risk of not detecting a 

material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the 

risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud 

may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, 

forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. 

 − Performing analytical procedures to identify any 

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 

unusual or unexpected relationships that may 

performed and the further removed non-compliance 

indicate risks of material misstatement due to 

with laws and regulations is from the events and 

fraud.

Based on the above, we identified the areas most 

susceptible to fraud to be management override of 

controls, revenue recognition (existence and accuracy) 

including the related traders commission earned on 

the FX Hedging revenue.

transactions reflected in the financial statements, the 

less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available 

on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  

www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This 

description forms part of our auditor’s report.

OUR PROCEDURES IN RESPONSE TO THE ABOVE 

USE OF OUR REPORT

INCLUDED:

 − The procedures set out in the key audit matters 

section of our report;

 − In addressing the risk of fraud through 

management override of controls, we tested the 

appropriateness of a sample of journal entries 

and other adjustments in the general ledger 

by agreeing to supporting documentation and 

evaluated the business rationale of any significant 

transactions that were unusual or outside 

the normal course of business and testing of 

accounting estimates due to risk of management 

bias; and

 − Incorporating unpredictability procedures into 

our audit approach.

We communicated relevant identified laws and 

regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement 

team members including component engagement 

teams and remained alert to any indications of fraud or 

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s 

members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 

Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work has 

been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent 

Company’s members those matters we are required 

to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 

purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do 

not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 

than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s 

members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 

or for the opinions we have formed.

Justin Chait  (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

For and on behalf of BDO LLP,  

Statutory Auditor, London, UK 

19 March 2024

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in 

England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

102

   103

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Year ended 
31 December 2023 

Year ended
 31 December 2022

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 December 2023 
Company number: 07262416

As at 
31 December 2023 

REVENUE

Net treasury income – client funds

Net treasury income – own funds

TOTAL INCOME

Operating expenses

OPERATING PROFIT

Underlying operating profit

Net treasury income – client funds

Non-underlying items

Finance income

Finance expenses

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

Underlying profit before taxation

Net treasury income – client funds

Non-underlying items

Taxation

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS):

Items that may be reclassified to the profit or loss:

Exchange (loss)/gain on translation of foreign operations

Gain/(loss) recognised on hedging instruments

Tax relating to items that may be reclassified

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

Earnings per share attributable to equity owners of the parent  

(pence per share)

 − basic

 − diluted

 − underlying basic

 − underlying diluted

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

104

Note

5

5

5

6

6

7

7

6

9

22

10

10

10

10

£’000

110,442

73,676

1,843

185,961

(73,809) 

112,152

39,205

73,676

(729)

4,616

(834)

115,934

42,987

73,676

(729)

(27,142)

88,792

88,825

(33)

88,792

(679)

3,193

(798)

90,508

90,541

(33)

90,508

206.2p

203.4p

76.7p

75.6p

Restated1
£’000

98,332

9,278

-

107,610

(61,159)

46,451

38,274

9,278

(1,101)

784

(458)

46,777

38,600

9,278

(1,101)

(8,164)

38,613

38,613

-

38,613

1,382

(639)

160

39,516

39,516

-

39,516

92.1 p

89.0p

76.3p

7 3.7 p

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at
31 December 2022

As at
 1 January 2022

Restated1
£’000

Restated1
£’000

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Derivative financial assets

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial assets 

Other receivables

Fixed collateral

Current tax asset

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Merger reserve

Redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Translation reserve

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Derivative financial liabilities 

Other payables

Deferred income

Lease liability

Current tax liability

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Derivative financial liabilities

Other payables

Redemption liability

Deferred tax liability

LEASE LIABILITY

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Note

12, 26

12, 26

13

14

16

20

16

19

20

21

21

21

21

21, 26

21

21

16

23

14

16

23

26

9

14

£’000

4,707

14,007

8,800

20,894

14,369

62,777

197,941

95,203

7,796

8,810

73

309,823

372,600

87

52,566

4

667

(1,884)

170,939
581

222,960

531

223,491

34,288

59,750

7,072

1,028

11,293

113,431

5,922

875

1,884

5,305

21,692

35,678

149,109

372,600

-

4,814

3,248

11,848

27,819

47,729

136,799

99,119

5,333

4,726

-

245,977

293,706

84

52,075

4

667

-

88,807

1,260

142,897

-

142,897

   42,764

77,340

4,924

1,407

3,781

130,216

7,317

222

-

1,387

11,667

20,593

150,809

293,706

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Alpha Group International plc were approved by the Board of Directors on  

19 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

M J Tillbrook 
Director    

T Powell   
Director

-

2,995

2,323

6,136

17,335

28,789

108,044

58,551

7,825

3,506

-

177,926

206,715

82

50,819

4

667

-

56,260

(122)

107,710

-

107,710

36,697

40,100

2,193

450

3,847

83,287

7,745

-

-

1,061

6,912

15,718

99,005

206,715

   105

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Year ended 
31 December 2023 

Year ended
 31 December 2022

Note

£’000

Restated1
£’000

  Share 
capital

Share  
premium 
account

Capital  
redemption 
reserve

Merger 
reserve

Redemption 
Reserve

Retained 
earnings

 Translation 
reserve

Total 

Non-
controlling 
interests

Total

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Attributable to the owners of the Parent

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit before taxation

Net treasury income – client funds

Net treasury income – own funds

Finance income

Finance expense

Amortisation of intangible assets

Intangible assets written off

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share-based payment (credit)/expense

(Increase) in other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in other payables

Decrease/(increase) in derivative financial assets

Decrease in financial assets at amortised cost

(Decrease)/increase in derivative financial liabilities

Increase in fixed collateral

CASH INFLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net treasury income received
Tax paid

NET CASH INFLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment

Payments to acquire right-of-use assets

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Expenditure on intangible assets

Interest received

NET CASH OUTFLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Issue of ordinary shares by Parent Company

Issue of shares options 

Forfeiture of share options

Dividends paid to equity holders of Parent Company

Dividends paid to subsidiary shareholders

Payment of lease liabilities – principal

Payment of lease liabilities – interest

NET CASH OUTFLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

INCREASE IN NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS IN THE YEAR

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Net exchange (loss)/gains

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

115,934

(73,676)

(1,843)

(4,616)

834

3,111

26  

1,325

1,939  

8

(58)

(1,343)

(15,550) 

19,920 

- 

(9,232) 
(4,084) 

32,695

73,975

(15,881) 

90,789

(8,227)

(6,927) 

(235)   

5

(8,025)  

4,616 

(18,793) 

491 

-  

-

(6,368) 

(2,762)

(779) 

(793)

(10,211)

61,785

136,799  
(643) 

197,941

46,777

(9,278)

-

(784)

458

1,573

 43 

 764 

 1,154 

 50   

 1,101

 (1,476) 

 40,014

 (51,052)

 5,803 

 5,000 

 (1,220) 

 38,927 

7,490

 (7,486)

 38,931 

-

 (1,739)

 (46)  

-

(3,435)   

 729

 (4,491)

 996 

 44  

(77)

 (4,810)

(1,877)

 (891)

(452)

(7,067)

 27,373 

 108,044 

 1,382

136,799

7

7

12

12

13

14

13

26

13

13

12

11

14

14

20

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2022 
(as previously reported)

82

50,783

Prior period restatement1

-

36

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2022 
(restated)

82

50,819

4

-

4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

667

-

667

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

432

-

-

-

-

-

824

-

-

84

52,075

4

667

-

-

-

3

 -   

 -   

-

-

-

491

 -   

 -   

87

52,566

-

-

-

-

 -   

 -   

4

-

-

-

-

 -   

 -   

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,884)

-

-

-

54,189

(124)

105,601

4,193

109,794

2,071

2

2,109

(4,193)

(2,084)

56,260

(122)

107,710

38,613

(479)

-

38,613

1,382

903

(2)

1

-

1,101

(6,687)

-

-

-

-

-

432

1

824

1,101

(6,687)

88,807

1,260 142,897

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

107,710

38,613

903

432

1

824

1,101

(6,687)

142,897

88,825

2,395

103

(3)

(58)   

(9,130)    

-

88,825

(33)

88,792

(679)

1,716

-

1,716

-

-

 -   

 -   

(1,781)

491

(58)

(9,130)

564

(1,217)

-

 -   

-

491

(58)

(9,130)

667

(1,884)

170,939

581

222,960

531

223,491

Profit for the year (restated1)

Other comprehensive 
income/(expense)

Transactions with owners

Shares issued on vesting 
of share option schemes 
(restated1)

Issue of share options in 
subsidiary undertakings 
(restated1)

Shares issued in relation to 
SAYE share scheme

Share-based payments 
(restated1)

Dividends paid(restated1)

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 

2022 (restated)

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive 
income/(expense)

Transactions with owners

Acquisition of subsidiary

Shares issued on vesting of 
share option schemes

Share-based payments

Dividends paid

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 

2023

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

106

   107

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023

1.  GENERAL INFORMATION 

Alpha Group International plc (the “Company”) is a public limited company having listed its shares on AIM, a market operated 

by The London Stock Exchange, on 7 April 2017. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the UK (registered number 

07262416) and its registered office is Brunel Building, 2 Canalside Walk, London, England, W2 1DG. 

The Consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the results of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings. 

The Group’s principal activity is the development of financial strategies and technologies to assist corporates and institutions 

in their FX risk management, mass payments and account opening requirements.

The material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are set out in note 2.

2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 

standards using the measurement bases specified by UK IFRS for each type of asset, liability, revenue or expense.

The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Pounds Sterling (“£”), and all values are rounded to the nearest 

thousand (“£’000”) except where otherwise indicated. The material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the 

Consolidated Financial Statements are set out below and have been applied consistently throughout all periods presented, 

unless otherwise stated.

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with adopted UK adopted IFRS requires the use of 

certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the 

Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and 

estimates are significant to the Consolidated Financial Statements are disclosed in note 3.

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except for those detailed within ‘Financial 

Instruments’ below.

a) 

New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 1 January 2023:
 − IAS 1 has replaced the requirement for the Group to disclose its significant accounting policies with the 

requirement to disclose material accounting policy information.

 − There are no other new standards, interpretations and amendments which became mandatorily effective for the 

current reporting period which have had any material effect on the financial statements of the Group.

b) 

New standards, interpretations and amendments not yet effective:
 − There are no IFRS interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on 

the Group.

Any new or amended accounting standards or interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been early adopted.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Basis of consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements consist of the financial statements of the ultimate Parent Company (Alpha Group 

International plc) and all entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries).

i.  Subsidiaries

Where the Company has control over an investee, it is classified as a subsidiary. The Company controls an investee if all three 

of the following elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to variable returns from the investee, and the ability 

of the investor to use its power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances 

indicate that there may be a change in any elements of control.

ii.  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intragroup balances, and any gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial information. 

iii.  Acquisition accounting

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the business combination is measured 

as the aggregate of the consideration transferred and contingent consideration, measured at fair value on the date of the 

business combination, and the value of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. The business combination costs 

incurred are expensed.

When the Group acquires a business it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification 

and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions at the 

business combination date.

On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree, if 

any, at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

iv.  Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity 

therein. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination 

and the minority’s share of changes in equity since the date of the combination. 

In accordance with IFRS 10, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate 

share of the acquiree’s net assets on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

The Group treats transactions with the non-controlling interest as transactions with equity owners of the Group. For 

purchases from non-controlling interests the difference between the fair value of consideration paid and the relevant share 

of net assets acquired is recorded in equity.

Where there is an obligation to purchase the non-controlling interest at a future date, a financial liability will be recognised on 

the business combination. The liability is initially recognised at fair value if it meets the definition of a derivative under IFRS 9 

Financial instruments.

The financial liability for the non-controlling interest is subsequently accounted for under IFRS 9, with all changes in the 

carrying amount, including the non-controlling interest share of profit, recognised as a re-measurement in the income 

statement. When the obligation or “put liability” is exercised, the carrying amount of the financial liability at that date is 

extinguished by the payment of the exercise price.

108

   109

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES [CONT.] 

Annual account fees

Segmental reporting

In accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments, an operating segment is defined as a business activity whose operating results 

are reviewed by the chief operating decision makers and for which discrete information is available.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal management reporting provided to the chief operating 

decision-makers. The chief operating decision-makers responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 

operating segments are identified as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Going concern

The Board has concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis, having undertaken a review of financial 

forecasts and available resources. The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its strong cash reserves. 

As at 31 December 2023, the Group had a healthy liquidity position with £197.9m of cash and cash equivalents (see note 20), with 

no debt financing commitments. The Group has net current assets of £196.4m at 31 December 2023 and net assets of £223.5m. 

In assessing going concern, management have considered the potential effects the current high interest rate environment 

and the impact that these rates would have on our clients and the sectors in which they operate in. We do not anticipate any 

significant impact, from a going concern perspective to the business from these events. This assessment has considered the 

impact on the Group’s operations, its 2024 budget and 2025 internal forecast.

Given the nature of the above events, severe downside scenarios have been modelled where revenue targets are missed with the 

assumption that a number of clients are unable to meet their mark-to-market obligations, resulting in bad debts. Even in these 

scenarios, the Group has strong liquidity, no external debt and the availability of mitigating actions that would allow it to meet 

its financial liabilities as they fall due. These mitigating actions, should they be required, are all within management’s control and 

could include reducing new recruitment, lowering commission or bonus payments, and reducing capital expenditure. 

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 

foreseeable future. The Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue

FX Hedging

When the Group enters into a foreign exchange contract with a client, it immediately enters into a separate matched contract 

with its banking counterparty.

Revenue from annual account fees is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 12 months from the date the account is 

opened, resulting in deferred income on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The initial set-up of 

the account may only happen upfront at a single point in time (with the associated fee being charged at this point), but the 

ongoing access to the account (particularly through access to the portal) and other ancillary services are provided to the 

customer throughout the period the account is open. 

Fund Finance

Fund Finance provides advisory services to institutional clients who require intermediary advisory services to support their 

funding requirements. The offering is distributed via a newly established sales team from the London head office. Revenue is 

recognised in the period in which the advisory work is performed.  

Cobase

Cobase charge recurring monthly subscription fees for use of their multibank connectivity platform. They also charge 

implementation fees and user costs. Revenue from subscription fees and user costs are recognised on a straight-line basis 

over the period in which the account is being used. Implementation fees and are recognised in the period in which the 

implementation project has been finalised.

Net treasury income (previously called Other Operating Income)

‘Net treasury income- client funds’ is made up of interest generated from client cash balances, as a result of the increased 

interest rate environment (further detail within note 5). Whilst the increased interest stream is a positive boost for the Group 

and a natural by-product of our increasingly diversified product offering, we are mindful that aspects of its dynamics are 

driven by macroeconomics beyond our control. We have therefore chosen to recognise interest income on client balances as 

‘net treasury income-client funds’ (formerly Other operating income), not operating revenue, on the face of the Consolidated 

Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The changes to the interest rate environment has meant that these accounts can be interest bearing, whilst maintaining 

the safeguarding requirements. The Group is able to obtain attractive interest rates on these overnight client cash balances 

only because of its ability to aggregate numerous individual client balances, many of which are transitory and typically only 

held for short periods of time. Under the terms of the Electronic Money Licence (EMI) the Group is not able to pass any of the 

interest earned back to the clients.  

‘Net treasury income – own funds’ relates to interest generated within the FX risk management division on initial and variation 

margin held by the Group. The Group has title over these funds with the balances and therefore associated interest earned 

being a direct consequence of the operational business and has therefore been included within Total Income and Operating 

Profit in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Spot and forward revenue is recognised when a binding contract is entered into by a client and the rate is fixed and determined. 

Interest earned on Alpha’s own, free cash is recognised within finance income in the Consolidated Statement of 

Revenue represents the difference between the rate offered to clients and the rate the Group pays its banking counterparties 

aggregated with the volume of currency transacted.

Options revenue is recognised when a binding contract is entered into by a client and the revenue is fixed and determined. 

Revenue represents the difference between the premiums paid by clients and the premium the Group pays to its banking 

counterparties. 

Payments and collections

Alternative Banking provides payment and collection services and receives revenue from both banking fees and spot 

transactions. Banking fees are charged for (but are not limited to) electronic payments in and out of accounts (e.g. Faster 

Payments, CHAPS, International payments and collections) and implementation fees. Revenue in respect of transactional 

banking fees is recognised when a payment is executed. Revenue is recognised at this point in time as the performance 

obligation is satisfied by transferring control of the contract to the client.

Comprehensive Income.

Underlying measures

The Group reports underlying operating profit, underlying EPS and underlying Profit before taxation. These measures are not 

measures of performance under IFRS and should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, IFRS measures 

of financial performance and liquidity. The Group uses non-GAAP performance measures as key financial indicators as the 

Board believe these better reflect the underlying performance of the business.   

Underlying items exclude net treasury income from client funds, share award costs, M&A deal costs, amortization of 

purchased intangibles and costs in relation to the anticipated move to premium listing on the London Stock Exchange. 

110

   111

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES [CONT.]

Fair value through profit or loss

Foreign currency translation

The Group’s consolidated historical financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the 

Parent.

Transactions and balances 

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group entities at the functional currency rates prevailing at the 

date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional 

currency spot rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. All differences are taken to the Consolidated Statement of 

Comprehensive Income. 

Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the 

date of the initial transaction. 

Group companies

The results and financial position of Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are 

translated into the presentation currency as follows:

This category comprises in-the-money derivatives and out-of-money derivatives where the time value offsets the negative 

intrinsic value (see “Financial liabilities” section for out-of-money derivatives classified as liabilities). Other than derivative 

financial instruments which are not designated as hedging instruments, the Group does not have any financial assets at fair 

value through profit or loss.

Amortised cost

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost comprise other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

These assets arise principally from financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect 

contractual cash flows and the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest. They are initially 

recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and are 

subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, and where applicable, less provision for 

impairment.

De-recognition of financial assets

Financial assets will be de-recognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the assets have expired, or when 

the Group transfers its contractual rights to receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risk and rewards of the 

assets have been transferred. 

 − Assets and liabilities at each period end are translated at the prevailing closing rate at the date of the Consolidated 

Statement of Financial Position; 

Management’s judgement is applied in determining whether the contractual rights to the cash flows from the transferred 

assets have expired or whether the Group retains the rights to receive cash flows on the assets but assume an obligation to 

 − Income and expenses for each period within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income are translated at the 

pay for those cash flows.

average rate for the period; and

 − On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of overseas operations are recognised in other 

Impairment

comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve as a separate component of equity. On disposal of a 

Impairment provisions are recognised under the general approach according to a three-stage expected credit loss 

foreign operation, the cumulative translation differences are transferred to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 

impairment model. Impairment provisions represent the difference between the present value of all contractual cashflows 

Income as part of the gain or loss on disposal. 

Financial instruments

Financial Assets
Initial measurement

All financial assets are measured initially at fair value less transaction costs. The Group’s financial assets include derivatives not 

designated as hedging instruments (foreign exchange forward and option contracts with customers and banking counterparties), 

derivatives designated as hedging instruments (foreign exchange forward and interest rate swap contracts with customers 

and banking counterparties) and amortised cost assets (financial assets at amortised cost, other receivables, cash and cash 

equivalents and fixed collateral).

Subsequent measurement

IFRS 9 divides all financial assets into two classifications ¬- those measured at amortised cost and those measured at fair value. 

Where assets are measured at fair value, gains and losses are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 

Income.

The classification of a financial asset is made at the time it is initially recognised, namely when the Group becomes a party to the 

and the present value of expected future cashflows. Impairment losses are recognised in the Consolidated Statement 

of Comprehensive Income. The Group performs an assessment of a significant increase in credit risk on an annual basis. 

In accordance with IFRS 9, the Group can apply the policy election for trade receivables. The Group recognises lifetime 

expected credit losses under the simplified approach. The Group has performed a re-assessment of lifetime expected 

credit losses at 31 December 2023.

Financial liabilities 
Classification

The Group determines the classification of its financial liabilities at initial recognition. All financial liabilities are recognised 

initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings, subsequently carried at amortised cost including directly 

attributable transaction costs. The Group has not applied the option to designate any financial liabilities as measured at 

fair value through profit or loss that were previously measured at amortised cost. The Group’s financial liabilities include 

derivative financial liabilities and trade and other payables. 

De-recognition of liabilities

A financial liability is de-recognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, substantially modified, cancelled 

or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different 

terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a 

contractual provisions of the instrument. If certain conditions are met, the classification of an asset may subsequently need to 

de-recognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying 

be reclassified.

amounts is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Following initial measurement, the Group measures its financial assets at fair value through profit or loss or amortised cost, 

based on the business model for managing the financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of  

the instrument.

112

   113

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES [CONT.] 

Financial liabilities [cont.]

Offsetting financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and deposits held at call with banks. For the purposes of the 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.

When there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or 

Cash held as collateral with banking counterparties for which the Group does not have immediate access, is shown as fixed 

realise the asset and settle the liability immediately, financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported in 

collateral on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial assets are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and liabilities when their fair value is negative. 

Other payables
Other payables are initially stated at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 

method. Other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives are included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group’s 

business. They are classified as current liabilities if payment is due in one year or less. If payment is due at a later date, they 

derivative financial assets and liabilities comprise of forward and option foreign exchange contracts, and interest rate swap 

are presented as non-current liabilities.

contracts.

The Group undertakes matched principal broking involving undertaking immediate back-to-back derivative transactions with 

counterparties. These transactions are classified as financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and are shown 

gross, except where a netting agreement, which is legally enforceable, exists and the intention is for the asset and liability to 

be settled net. 

The credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) reflects the credit risk of the counterparties inherent in the valuation of the derivative 

financial instruments. The adjustment represents the estimated fair value of protection required to hedge the counterparty 

credit risk. The adjustment takes into account counterparty exposure, applicable collateral arrangement and default 

probability rates.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge part of its exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks. All 

derivative financial instruments are initially measured at fair value on the contract date and are also measured at fair value at 

subsequent reporting dates. 

Hedge accounting is applied to financial assets and financial liabilities only where all of the following criteria are met:

 − The hedging relationship consists only of eligible hedging instruments and eligible hedged items;

 − At the inception of hedge there is formal designation and documentation of the hedging relationship, the Group’s risk 

management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedged item and hedging instrument, and how the 

hedge effectiveness will be assessed;

 − An economic relationship exists between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;

 − Credit risk does not dominate changes in value; and

 − The hedge ratio is the same for both the hedging relationship and the quantity of the hedged item actually hedged and 

the quantity of the hedging instrument used to hedge it. 

If derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, any changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instrument are 

recognised in the income statement as they arise. 

Hedge relationships are classified as cash flow hedges where the derivative financial instruments hedge the Group’s 

exposure to variability in cash flows resulting from a highly probable forecasted transaction. These include the exchange 

rate risk of interest receivable denominated in foreign currency and interest rate risk. Changes in the fair value of derivative 

financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows are recognised directly in other 

comprehensive income and the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the hedging 

derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, or the 

hedge designation is revoked, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. 

Fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 

market participants at the measurement date.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate to the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to 

measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the 

fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as 

a whole:

 − Level 1     quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 − Level 2     valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is  

      directly or indirectly observable.

 − Level 3     valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is  

      unobservable.

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has determined classes of assets and liabilities based on the nature, 

characteristics and risks of the inputs into the valuations and the level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

Taxes

Current income tax

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 

authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at 

the reporting date.

Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the reporting date arising between the tax bases of assets 

and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that 

are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset realised, based on the tax rates that have been 

enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available 

against which the difference can be utilised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and 

liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority.

114

   115

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES [CONT.] 

Employee benefits

Pension obligations

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from 

those of the Group. Contributions made by the company are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Share-based payments 

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to Directors and employees of the Group through the Growth Share 

Schemes, Approved and Unapproved Options Schemes.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less 

accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. The amortisation and impairment losses of intangible 

assets acquired in a business combination are classified as non-underlying in the income statement.

The estimated useful lives of intangible assets are as follows: 

Internally generated software and Domain names 

Software obtained through acquisition

Brand

Customer relationships

—

—

—

—

3 years straight line

3 years straight line

10 years straight line

14 years straight line

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Equity-settled share-based schemes are measured at fair value, excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions, 

Tangible and intangible assets are assessed for any indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date or if there are 

at the date of grant using an appropriate option pricing model. The Growth Shares Schemes have been valued using a 

any indicators of impairment. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group 

Monte Carlo Simulation Approach due to the existence of market-based conditions. Non-market-based conditions exist over 

estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is determined on an individual asset-by-asset basis. 

revenue-based targets which require management to estimate the probability of meeting these conditions. The Approved and 

When the recoverable amount is less than its carrying amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 

Unapproved Options Schemes have been valued using a Black Scholes option pricing model as only a service-based condition 

recoverable amount.

exists. Both schemes require the estimation of appropriate attrition rates to estimate the number of share options which are 

likely to vest.

Goodwill

The fair value of the shares or share options less the subscription price payable by the employees is recognised over the 

vesting period to reflect the value of the employee services received. The charge relating to grants to employees of the 

Company is recognised as an expense in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Property, plant and equipment

Owned assets

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and where applicable, impairment losses.

Depreciation

Depreciation is charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over the estimated 

useful lives of each item of property, plant and equipment. Estimated residual values are included in the calculation of 

depreciation.  

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows: 

Improvements to property

Fixtures and fittings

Computer equipment

—

—

—

Period of lease, straight line

4 to 5 years straight line

3 years straight line

Intangible assets

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of the identifiable 

net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition and is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill is not subject to amortisation and is tested annually for impairment. Impairment is determined by assessing 

the recoverable amount of the cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, 

irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, 

where the recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. Impairment 

losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Leases

In accordance with IFRS 16, the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability at the date at which the 

leased asset is available for use.

Right-of-use assets are recorded initially at cost and amortised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Cost is defined 

as the net present value of the lease liabilities, plus any initial costs and dilapidation provisions, less any lease incentives 

received. The right-of-use asset is tested for impairment if there are any indicators of impairment. 

Intangible assets not acquired in a business combination consist of internally developed software and domain names. 

The lease liability is measured at the present value of the lease payments, discounted at the rate implicit in the lease, or if 

Expenditure on internally developed software is capitalised if the costs can be reliably measured, the product or process 

is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group has sufficient resources to 

that cannot be readily determined, at the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate specific to the term, country, currency and 

start date of the lease.

complete the development and to use or sell the asset. The assets are initially recorded at cost including labour, directly 

The finance cost is charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the lease period so as to 

attributable costs and any third-party expenses, and amortised over their useful economic lives of 3 years from the date of  

produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. 

first use.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy 

Payments associated with leases with a lease term of twelve months or less and leases of low-value assets are recognised 

the definition of an intangible asset and their fair values can be measured reliably. The cost of such intangible assets is their 

as an expense in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis.

Short-term/low value exemptions

fair value at the acquisition date.

116

   117

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES [CONT.] 

Significant judgements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in share 

premium as a deduction from the proceeds of the new shares to which they relate.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that the 

Group will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are only recognised if the amount can be estimated reliably. 

Provisions are measured based on the best estimates of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the reporting 

date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make estimates, judgements and assumptions 

about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in 

outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the assets or liability affected in the future.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. In the process of applying the Group’s 

accounting policies, management has made the following judgements and estimates which have the most significant effect 

on the amounts recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Significant estimates

Impairment of financial assets
The Group recognises impairment provisions under the general approach according to a three-stage expected credit loss 

impairment model. 

Impairment provisions represent the difference between the present value of all contractual cash flows and the present 

value of expected future cashflows. To calculate the present value of the future expected cash flows, management must 

make an estimate of expected future cash flows and apply an appropriate discount factor, estimated using the latest market 

information. 

When assessing future cash flows and discount factors the Group takes the following into account:

 − Changes in the credit quality of the borrower or instrument

 − The Group’s liquidity and free cash position

 − Forward-looking macroeconomic factors (upside and downside) 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 

Impairment losses are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group performs an 

assessment of significant increase in credit risk on an annual basis. 

Credit value adjustment
The credit value adjustment of £3.0m (2022: £3.4m) has been calculated by management based on the assumption that 

the Group will be unable to collect all the receivable amounts due under the contract terms, and therefore, is a method of 

counterparty credit risk management. In order to calculate expected future cash flows, management make an estimate using 

the latest real-time market information, risk ratings of the clients, and experience. 

Development costs
Development costs that are directly attributable to the development of a project are capitalised based on management’s 

assessment of the likelihood of a successful outcome for each project. This is based on the management’s judgement 

that the project is technologically, commercially and economically feasible in accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets. 

In determining the amount to be capitalised, management makes assumptions regarding the expected future cash 

generation of the project, i.e. Group revenue, and the expected period of benefits. Details are shown in note 12.

Share-based payments
As described in note 2, equity settled share awards are recognised as an expense based on their fair value at date of grant. 

The fair value of equity settled growth shares scheme and unapproved share options are estimated through the use of 

option valuation models which require an element of judgement in assessing the inputs. Judgement is also exercised in 

assessing the number of options subject to non-market vesting conditions that will vest.

Impairment of goodwill
The Group’s impairment test for goodwill is based on a value in use calculation using a discounted cash flow model. The 

test aims to ensure that goodwill is not carried at a value greater than the recoverable amount, which is considered to be 

the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The identification of the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) 

used for impairment testing is considered a critical judgement within the scope of paragraph 122 of IAS1.

Client balances
Where client balances are held by the Group, as part of its EMI obligations those funds must be held in segregated 

accounts, not available for use by the Group, and must comply with regulatory safeguarding compliance requirements. The 

Group is not a party to the contractual provisions nor a beneficial owner of the funds. As a result, the Group has determined 

that it does not have sufficient ownership or control over these balances to include them and their corresponding liability 

on the Groups Statement of Financial Position. 

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination
The fair value of acquired intangible assets, and therefore the resulting goodwill recognised on acquisition is significantly 

affected by a number of factors. These include management’s best estimates of future performance including forecast 

revenue, expected revenue attrition, forecast operating margin, any contributory assets changes, and estimates of the 

return required to determine an appropriate discount rate (in order to calculate the net present value of the assets).

4.  PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT 

A number of Group employees receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render 

services as consideration for equity instruments (equity settled transactions). Typically, employees subscribe for shares 

in a subsidiary. These shares are then exchangeable into shares of the parent if the vesting conditions are met. The Group 

recorded the amounts receivable from the employees as a debtor and recorded non-controlling interests in respect of the 

shares and options issued to employees. Some of these schemes also entitled the employees to dividends over the vesting 

period. Where an employee leaves prior to vesting, (and are not considered to be a good leaver) the Group can require the 

employee to return the shares in exchange for the lower of the subscription amounts paid and the fair market value of the 

shares.

Historically, the Group has recognised a share-based payment charge in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 

Income equivalent to the difference between the subscription price payable by the employee and the fair market value of 

that option over the life of the scheme.  

On vesting of the share options, share premium was also recognised on issue of shares by the Parent Company.

118

   119

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

4.  PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT [CONT.]

After reviewing the IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment standard and related guidance from the IFRIC, the Group has concluded 

EFFECT ON THE STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

that share ownership schemes that grant employees shares or options in subsidiaries, with conversion rights to the 

holding company should be accounted for under IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment, rather than a non-controlling interest 

in a subsidiary. As a result of this, the previous years’ non-controlling interest recognised over the annual profits of the 

subsidiaries were overstated.

In addition, the previous years’ share-based payment charge to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

was also found to be insufficient due to a miscalculation. On vesting of some share options, share premium was 

incorrectly recognised. 

Accordingly, the Group has restated its financial statements in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes 
in Accounting Estimates and Errors’. Other receivables are to be reduced for the loan amounts recognised as a debtor 

relating to the purchase of those shares and options, conversely a creditor is recognised for any subscription amounts 

paid up in advance of vesting due to the non-recourse nature of the schemes. Any non-controlling interest recognised, 

including profit attributed, in respect of these schemes has been reversed.

The correction of these entries results in an increase to profits attributed to shareholders of the parent, an increase to 

retained earnings and an increase to earnings per share. Dividends paid to non-controlling interest in prior years have 

been included within retained earnings. The effect of these adjustments is shown by restating each of the prior year 

affected financial statement line items as follows: 

As previously 

Restatement  

Restatement 

Restatement 

Restated

reported  

As at  

  Year ended  

Cumulative to   

31 December 2022

1 January 2022

31 December 2022

31 December 2022

31 December 2022

Non-controlling interest

Retained earnings

Translation reserve

Share premium account

Other receivables

Other payables

£’000

(4,707)

(84,220)

(1,258)

(53,513)

6,821

(77,272)

£’000

4,193

(2,071)

(2)

(36)

(1,982)

(102)

£’000

514

(2,516)

-

1,474

494

34

£’000

4,707

(4,587)

(2)

1,438

(1,488)

(68)

£’000

-

(88,807)

(1,260)

(52,075)

5,333

(77,340)

Profit for the year (as previously reported)

Increase in share-based payment expense

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR (restated)

Attributable to Equity holders of the parent (as previously reported)

Decrease in non-controlling interest (as previously reported)

Increase in share-based payment expense

ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS (restated)

EFFECT ON THE TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Total comprehensive income for the year (as previously reported)

Share-based payment expense increase

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR (restated)

Attributable to Equity holders of the parent (as previously reported)

Decrease in non-controlling interest (as previously reported)

Share-based payment expense increase

ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY HOLDERS (restated)

EFFECT ON EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (as previously reported)

Prior period adjustment

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE FOR THE YEAR (restated)

Diluted earnings per share (as previously reported)

Prior period adjustment

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE FOR THE YEAR (restated)

Underlying Basic earnings per share (as previously reported)

Prior period adjustment

UNDERLYING BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE FOR THE YEAR (restated)

Underlying diluted earnings per share (as previously reported)

Prior period adjustment

UNDERLYING DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE FOR THE YEAR (restated)

Year Ended
31 December 2022
£’000

39,050

(437)

38,613

36,372

2,678

(437)

38,613

Year Ended
31 December 2022
£’000

39,953

(437)

39,516

37,275

2,678

(437)

39,516

Year Ended
31 December 2022
£’000

86.8p

5.3p

92.1p

83.8p

5.2p

89.0p

70.1p

6.2p

76.3p

67.7p

6.0p

73.7p

120

   121

These movements did not result in any specific impact on cash however the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows has been 

restated as a consequence of the adjustments detailed above.

In addition to the above, within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, £729k in relation to interest received in the prior 

year has been represented from financing to investing activities.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY20235.  SEGMENTAL REPORTING

During the year, the Group generated revenue from the sale of forward currency contracts, option contracts, foreign 

exchange spot transactions, fees received from payments collections, cash accounts, and fund finance advisory fees. 

The Group has six reportable operating segments under the provisions of IFRS 8, based on the individually reportable 

subsidiaries and divisions. These six segments are:

 − Corporate London represents revenue generated by Alpha FX Limited’s Corporate clients serviced from the UK.

 − Institutional represents revenue from Alpha FX Institutional Limited, which primarily services funds. 

 − Corporate Toronto represents revenue generated by Alpha Foreign Exchange (Canada) Limited, serviced from Toronto, 

Canada. 

 − Corporate Amsterdam represents revenue generated by Alpha FX Netherlands Limited, which services corporate 

clients from Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 

 − Alpha Pay, a branch of Alpha FX Limited which services clients who require international payments and accounts. 
The offering is distributed via our European Corporate offices and Alpha FX Institutional Limited, as well as Alpha 

Pay’s own sales team.

 − Cobase, a Dutch based company that was acquired by the Group in December 2023. They are a cloud-based 
provider of bank connectivity technology that enables corporates to manage their banking relationships and 

transactions. 

The chief operating decision makers, being the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, monitor the 

results of the operating segments separately each month. Key measures used to evaluate performance are revenue, and 

profit before taxation. Management believe that these measures are the most relevant in evaluating the performance of 

the segment and for making resource allocation decisions.

The Group’s two divisions, FX Risk Management and Alternative Banking are the key drivers to the Group strategy and 

growth of each operating segment. Revenue for each operating segment has been split by the two divisions, as this 

reflects how the chief operating decision-makers manage the business.

Revenue in the following table is in accordance with the methodology used for preparing the financial information for 

management, for each operating segment. Although a proportion of the revenue from EU clients is initially booked 

through Alpha FX Europe Limited in Malta, revenue in the table below has been reallocated to the relevant entity where 

the sales team is located.

The Group has overseas offices in Australia, Italy, Spain and Germany. All of these offices service Corporate clients 

from their local offices. The results of these offices are included within the Corporate London Segment. The revenue of 

these offices in aggregate was £5.8m and underlying loss before taxation in aggregate was £1.0m (£2.1m and £627k loss 

respectively in prior year). There were costs associated with Alpha Europe (based in Luxembourg), before it was dissolved, 

which have been shown 50/50 within Institutional and Alpha Pay. Fund Finance, which began trading in May 2023 has 

been included within the Alpha Pay segment. Under IFRS 8 these segments do not meet the quantitative reporting 

thresholds in 2023. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

2023

Corporate 
London

Institutional

Corporate  
Toronto

Corporate
Amsterdam

FX Risk Management*

Alternative Banking**

Cobase

TOTAL REVENUE

Underlying operating profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Underlying profit before taxation

Non-underlying Items

Net treasury income- client funds

£’000

39,884

-

-

39,884

15,621

4,612

(254)

19,979

(708)

5,534

£’000

23,518

3,701

-

27,219

8,506

-

(200)

8,306

(21)

34,071

£’000

4,228

-

-

4,228

408

(1)

(58)

349

-

-

£’000

8,699

-

-

8,699

4,566

-

(87)

4,479

-

-

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

24,805

42,356

349

4,479

Alpha 
 Pay

£’000

-

30,226

-

30,226

10,352

-

(235)

10,117

-

34,071

44,188

Cobase

Total

£’000

-

-

186

186

£’000

76,329

33,927

186

110,442

(248)

39,205

5

-

(243)

-

-

4,616

(834)

42,987

(729)

73,676 

(243)

115,934

2022

FX Risk Management*

Alternative Banking**

TOTAL REVENUE

Underlying operating profit

Finance income

Finance expenses

Underlying profit before taxation

Non-underlying Items

Net treasury income- client funds

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

Corporate 
London 
Restated1

£’000

43,332

581

43,913

18,457

779

(146)

19,090

(1,069)

468

18,489

Institutional

Corporate  
Toronto

Corporate
Amsterdam

Alpha 
 Pay

Cobase

Total

£’000

15,133

4,703

19,836

7,325

-

(83)

7,242

(32)

4,412

£’000

4,698

-

4,698

536

-

(31)

505

-

-

£’000

5,500

888

6,388

3,095

-

(68)

3,027

-

-

11,622

505

3,027

£’000

£’000

846

22,651

23,497

8,861

5

(130)

8,736

-

4,398

13,134

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Restated1

£’000

69,509

28,823

98,332

38,274

784

(458)

38,600

(1,101)

9,278 

46,777

* FX Risk Management represents revenue derived from foreign exchange forward, spot, and option contracts provided to corporate and institutional      
clients, primarily for the purpose of hedging commercial foreign exchange exposures.

** Alternative Banking represents revenues derived from fees and foreign exchange spot contracts generated from the provision of cross border payments, 
collections and annual account fees to corporates and institutions, as well as Fund Finance advisory fees.

122

   123

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

5.  SEGMENTAL REPORTING [CONT.] 

All revenue is from external customers and is based on the location of those customers.

6.  OPERATING PROFIT

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

Revenue by region of customer

United Kingdom

Europe

Canada

Rest of world

TOTAL

Revenue by product

Foreign exchange forward transactions

Foreign exchange spot transactions

Option contracts

Payments, accounts and advisory fees

Platform fees 

TOTAL

Non-current assets for each country is as follows:

Non-current assets

United Kingdom

Malta

The Netherlands*

Canada

Other

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

31 December 2023
£’000

31 December 2022
£’000

40,252

55,238

4,251

10,701

110,442

39,414

47,542

4,962

6,414

98,332

31 December 2023
£’000

31 December 2022
£’000

51,966

31,791

7,823

18,676

186

110,442

41,073

29,027

9,046

19,186

-

98,332

31 December 2023
£’000

31 December 2022
£’000

32,596

16,971

11,855

1,336

19

62,777

29,811

14,400

2,434

1,063

21

47,729

Staff costs (note 8)

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of internally generated intangible assets

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Rental costs for short-term leases

Property, plant and equipment written off

Impairment of intangible assets

Bad debt expense in the year

Bad debt expense fully provided for in previous years

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

Audit fees

Audit fees in respect of the Group, Company and subsidiary financial statements

Audit fees in respect of Cobase acquisition

Non Audit fees

Fees in respect of CASS Limited Assurance

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

37,665

1,325

3,121

1,939

897

8

26

135

858

372

680

56

10

Restated1
£’000

32,150

764

1,573

1,154

787

50

43

235

-

(274)

550

-

7

The Group separately identifies results before non-underlying items in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 

Income (we refer to these results as ‘adjusted’). This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured 

by management and reported to the Executive Committee and Board. These measures are not measures of performance 

under IFRS and should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, IFRS measures of financial performance and 

liquidity. 

*The Netherlands includes £9.1m of Intangibles relating to the Cobase acquisition.

Non-underlying items in the year are made up of the below charges/ (credits), most of which have arisen as a result of the 

Net Treasury Income (NTI)

Interest is earned on overnight deposits with several credit institutions all ‘A’ rated with the leading rating agencies. The amount 
of interest earned is dependent on several variables: 

 − The absolute balance we hold, which can move significantly from day-to-day

 − The mix of currency balances we hold, and;

 − The interest rate environment and rates that can be obtained from credit worthy institutions.

Net treasury income is a natural by-product of our accounts solution, and is an uncontrollable income stream for the Group, 

which would be at least partly transitory if we return to a low interest rate environment. We have therefore chosen to recognise 

business combination (see note 26):

Acquisition costs in relation to business combinations

Other M&A related integration and transaction costs 

Costs associated with the move from AIM to premium listing

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

Share-based payments (credit)/charge

interest income on client cash balances as ‘Net treasury income- client funds ‘ (formerly ‘Other operating income’), not operating 

TOTAL

revenue.

In 2023 material interest income was earned over the twelve months of the year. During this time the blended average ABS 

client balances and interest rates were £1.9bn and 3.6% respectively (£1.6bn and 1.5% respectively in August to December in 

the prior year).

‘Net treasury income- own funds’ relates to interest earned on client margin held by the FX risk management division, a direct 

consequence of the operational business, shown in total income.

124

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

487

62

248

(10)

(58)

729

-

-

-

-

1,101

1,101

   125

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
7.  FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSES    

Remuneration of key management personnel

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

FINANCE INCOME

Interest on bank deposits

Finance income to reverse the discount relating to the Norwegian client

Other interest receivable 

TOTAL 

FINANCE EXPENSES

Finance expense on dilapidation provision

Finance expense on lease liabilities (note 14)

TOTAL 

8.  EMPLOYEE COSTS

Staff costs, including Directors’ remuneration, were as follows: 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payment (credit)/expense

Other pension costs

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSE INCLUDED IN OPERATING PROFIT

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

4,491

-

125

4,616

622

55

107

784

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

(41)

(793)

(834)

(6)

(452)

(458)

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

33,360

3,485

(58)

878

37,665

Restated1
£’000

27,312

3,062

1,101

675

32,150

During the year 2023, the research and development expenditure credit (RDEC) of £802,463 (2022: £nil) was offset against 

employee costs. 

Key management personnel represent those personnel who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 

controlling the activities of the Group, including the Non-Executive Directors.

Key management remuneration and benefits include:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments 

Defined contribution scheme

TOTAL

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

2,533

285

68

46

2,932

Restated1
£’000

3,234

335

97

26

3,692

During 2023, retirement benefits accrued to 10 (2022: 7) individuals who are regarded as key management personnel within 

the Group in respect of defined contribution pension schemes.

9.  TAXATION 

Tax charge

CURRENT TAX:

UK Corporation tax on the profit for the year

Adjustments relating to prior years

Overseas Corporation tax on the profit for the year

TOTAL CURRENT TAX

DEFERRED TAX

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

TOTAL DEFERRED TAX

TOTAL TAX EXPENSE

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

24,536

(633)

219

24,122

3,020

3,020

27,142

8,056

(591)

216

7,681

483

483

8,164

The average number of employees, including the Executive Directors, was as follows:

Deferred tax has increased in the year due to the further investment into internally generated assets, new leases within the 

Executive Directors

Sales, administration and support staff

TOTAL

31 December 2023
No.

31 December 2022
No.

3

431

434

3

305

308

Group, and the acquisition of Cobase.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

126

   127

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

9.  TAXATION [CONT.] 

Factors affecting tax charge for the year

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the effective standard rate of  
UK corporation tax of 23.5% (2022: 19%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Additional R&D deduction*

Adjustments relating to prior years

Different tax rates applied in overseas jurisdictions

Unutilised trading losses

Trading losses brought forward

TOTAL TAX CHARGE FOR THE YEAR

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

Deferred tax on each component of other comprehensive income/(expense) is as follows:

The UK deferred tax liability as at 31 December 2023 and as at 31 December 2022 relates to the tax effect of timing 

differences in respect of fixed assets. The deferred tax also includes charges through Other Comprehensive Income and from 

acquired operations. 

£’000

115,934

27,244

561

-

(633)

93

(102)

(21)

27,142

Restated1
£’000

46,777

8,888

764

(837)

(591)

292

(182)

(170)

8,164

CASH FLOW HEDGES

Gain/(losses) recognised on hedging 
instruments 

Exchange (loss)/ gain arising on 
translation of foreign operations 

TOTAL TAX (CHARGE)/CREDIT ON OTHER 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(EXPENSE)

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Before tax
£’000

Tax 
£’000

After tax 
£’000

Before tax
£’000

Tax
£’000

After tax
£’000

3,193

(798) 

2,395

(639)

160

(479)

(679) 

-

(679) 

1,382 

-

1,382 

2,514 

(798) 

1,716 

743 

160  

903

*   This is the first year that the company has qualified for RDEC instead of SME. Therefore, this income has been recognised in staff costs (note 8) 
rather than a tax credit for the year ended 31 December 2023, amounting to £802,463.

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE 

At the year ended 31 December 2023 the Group had unused overseas tax losses amounting to £102,304 (2022: £182,079). 

Tax loss memo

LOSSES

At 1 January

Losses utilised in the year

Losses created in the year

TOTAL LOSSES

Deferred tax

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

(205)

166

(135)

(174)

-

-

(205)

(205)

The deferred taxation liability is based on the expected future rate of corporation tax of 25% (2022: 25%) and comprises the 

following:

LIABILITIES

At 1 January

UK tax charge relating to current year from continuing operations

UK tax charge relating to current year from acquired operations

Tax charge relating to acquired operations

Tax (credit)/charge relating to foreign exchange rate movements

Tax charge/(credit) on other comprehensive income

TOTAL DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

1,387

1,960

1,060

102

(2)

798

5,305

1,061

483

-

-

3

(160)

1,387

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent, by 

the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the financial year. Diluted earnings per share additionally 

includes in the calculation, the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of any 

dilutive potential ordinary shares. The dilutive effect is calculated on the full exercise of all potentially dilutive ordinary share 

options granted by the Group.

The underlying calculation excludes the impact of share-based payments, net treasury income on client funds, non-

underlying items and their tax effect. This better enables comparison of financial performance in the current year with 

comparative years.

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Underlying – basic

Underlying – diluted

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

Pence

206.2p

203.4p

76.7p

75.6p

Restated1
Pence

92. 1 p

89.0p

76.3p

73.7p

The prior year restatement has resulted in an increase in earnings per share in the various earnings per share calculations, as 

stated within note 4, for the year ended 31 December 2022. This is driven from non-controlling interests being restated to £nil.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

128

   129

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY202310. EARNINGS PER SHARE [CONT.]

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following number of shares:

Basic weighted average shares

Contingently issuable shares

Diluted weighted average shares

31 December 2023
No.

31 December 2022
No.

43,072,098

593,955

43,666,053

41,923,407

1,482,706

43,406,113

The earnings used in the calculation of basic, diluted and underlying earnings per share are set out below: 

Profit after tax for the year

Non-controlling interests

Earnings – basic and diluted

Non-underlying items

Net treasury income – client funds

Tax effect of above items

Earnings – underlying

11. DIVIDENDS

Final Plc dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 of 8.0p per share

Interim Plc dividend for the year ended 31 December 2022 of 3.4p per share

Final Plc dividend for the year ended 31 December 2022 of 11.0p per share

Interim Plc dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023 of 3.7p per share

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

88,792

33

88,825

729

(73,676)

17,143

33,021

Restated1
£’000

38,613

-

38,613

1,101

(9,278)

1,554

31,990

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

-

-

4,765

1,603

6,368

3,375

1,435

-

-

4,810

All dividends paid by Alpha Group International plc are in respect of the ordinary shares of £0.002 each.

The Directors propose that a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023 of 12.3p per share amounting to 

£5,328,583 will be paid on 10 May 2024 to all shareholders on the register of members on 5 April 2024. This dividend is subject 

to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been accrued as a liability in these Financial Statements in accordance 

with IAS 10 ‘Events after the reporting period.

Goodwill*

Software

£’000

£’000

Domain 
names
£’000

Brand

£’000

Customer 
relationships
£’000

COST

At 1 January 2022

Additions

Impairment

AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

Additions

Impairment

On business combinations

Foreign exchange translation

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,707

-

4,506

3,410

(621)

7,295

8,025

(1,985)

3,292

33

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

4,707

16,660

AMORTISATION

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Impairment

AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

Charge for year

Impairment

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

NET BOOK VALUE

At 1 January 2022

At 31 December 2022

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

4,707

1,538

1,557

(578)

2,517

3,083

(1,959)

3,641

2,968

4,778

13,019

37

25

-

62

-

-

-

-

62

10

16

-

26

21

-

47

27

36

15

-

-

-

-

-

-

542

-

542

-

-

-

-

5

-

5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

438

-

438

-

-

-

-

2

-

2

-

-

537

436

Total

£’000

4,543

3,435

(621)

7,357

8,025

(1,985)

8,979

33

22,409

1,548

1,573

(578)

2,543

3,111

(1,959)

3,695

2,995

4,814

18,714

* Goodwill of £4,706,860 was recognised during the year on a provisional basis as a result of the acquisition of Cobase (see note 26). The acquisition 
of Cobase only occurred on 1 December 2023 and the associated determination of goodwill remains provisional. As part of the year end impairment 
assessment, the recoverable amount was determined to be higher than the carrying value. In determining the recoverable amount, the assumptions 
used included a long-term growth rate of 2% and a discount rate of 27.4%.  The goodwill has been fully allocated to the Cobase CGU.  

Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, had a net book value totalling £14,006,684 (2022: £4,813,898).

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

130

   131

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Leasehold  
improvements
£’000

Fixtures &  
fittings
£’000

Computer  
equipment
£’000

COST

At 1 January 2022

Additions

Write offs

Reclassification*

AT 1 JANUARY 2023

Additions

On business combinations

Write offs

Foreign exchange translation

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

DEPRECIATION

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Write offs

AT 1 JANUARY 2023

Charge for the year

Write offs

Foreign exchange translation

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

NET BOOK VALUE

At 1 January 2022

At 31 December 2022

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

1,453

1,167

-

147

 2,767 

4,675

-

-

(41)

7,401

348

206

-

554

534

-

(2)

1,086

1,105

2,213

6,315

1,010

239

(116)

(147)

 986 

1,403

-

(6)

(7)

2,376

396

189

(84)

501

320

(1)

(1)

819

614

485

1,557

1,196

333

(377)

-

 1,152

849

11

(12)

(5)

1,995

592

369

(359)

602

471

(4)

(2)

1,067

604

550

928

Total

£’000

3,659

1,739

(493)

-

 4,905

6,927

11

(18)

(53)

11,772

1,336

764

(443)

1,657

1,325

(5)

(5)

2,972

2,323

3,248

8,800

*   £146,866 of tangible assets were incorrectly classified as Fixtures and fittings in 2021 and were reclassified to Leasehold improvements in  
the prior year.

During the year, assets with a cost of £18,458 (2022: £493,000) were written off. The resulting loss was £8,455 (2022: £50,000).

14. RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS AND LEASE LIABILITIES

Leases where the Group is a lessee are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for 

leases of low value assets and leases with a term of 12 months or less.

In April 2023 a lease was signed for new premises in London for the Alternative Banking division. The lease has a contractual 

start date of 1 September 2023 and is a ten-year lease. The rent is subject to a rent review after five years.

In December 2023 we took on an office lease as part of our acquisition of Cobase (see note 26).  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Right-of-use assets

At 1 January

Additions

Additions in relation to business combination

Depreciation charge for the year

Foreign exchange translation

AT 31 DECEMBER

Lease liabilities

At 1 January

Additions

Additions in relation to business combination

Finance cost (note 7)

Payments in the year

Foreign exchange translation

AT 31 DECEMBER

Analysis:

Current

Non-current

TOTAL LEASE LIABILITIES

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

11,848

10,954

182

(1,939)

(151)

20,894

6,136

6,866

-

(1,154)

-

11,848

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

13,074

10,405

182

793

(1,572)

(162)

22,720

1,028

21,692

22,720

7,362

6,603

-

452

(1,343)

-

13,074

1,407

11,667

13,074

The total undiscounted payments committed to over the remaining useful life of the respective leases as of the end of 31 

December 2023 amounted to £28,613,000.

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Depreciation charge on right-of-use assets (note 6)

Interest on lease liabilities (note 7)

Rental costs for short-term leases (note 6)

TOTAL

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

1,939

793

897

3,629

1,154

452

787

2,393

The rental costs for short-term leases amounting to £897,069 (2022: £786,931) relate to leases of less than one year for 

premises for a number of the Group’s overseas offices.

132

   133

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.  SUBSIDIARIES

16.   DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

The Group’s subsidiaries as at 31 December 2023 are as follows:

Derivative financial assets not designated as hedging instruments

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Name

DIRECT HOLDING

Alpha FX Limited

Alpha Agency Solutions Ltd

Financial Transaction Services B.V. 

INDIRECT HOLDING

Alpha FX Institutional Limited

Alpha Foreign Exchange (Canada) Limited

Alpha FX Netherlands Limited

Alpha FX Europe Limited

Alpha FX Italy Limited

Alpha FX Australia Pty Ltd

AGI Financial Pte. Ltd.

Registered addresses:

Country 
of 
incorporation

England1 

England1

Netherlands6

England1

Canada2

England1

Malta3

England1

Australia4

Singapore5

Proportion of 
ordinary 
shares held

100%

100%

86.36%

100%*

100%*

100%*

100%

100%

100%

100%

Active

Non-trading

Active

Active

Active

Active

Active

Active

Active

Non-trading

1.  Brunel Building, 2 Canalside Walk, London, UK, W2 1DG

2. 

3. 

181 Bay Street, Suite 4210, Toronto, ON, M5J 2T3

171, Old Bakery Street, Valletta VLT1455, Malta 

4.  c/o Intertrust Australia Pty Ltd, Suite 2, Level 25, 100 Miller Street, North Sydney, NSW 2060

5. 

14 Robinson Road #12-01/02, Far East Finance Building, Singapore (048545)

6.  Haaksbergweg 75, 1101BR Amsterdam

 * As detailed in note 4, historically some of the employee equity shareholding on a number of the share schemes had been recognised as non-
controlling interest, with the remainder of ordinary shares in the subsidiary being held by Group. However after reviewing the IFRS 2 Share-Based 
Payment standard and related guidance from the IFRIC, the Group has concluded that they should not have been recognised as non-controlling 
interest and therefore the proportion of ordinary shares held by the Group in respect of these subsidiaries has been revised to 100%.

The principal activity of the Group and its subsidiary undertakings is the development of financial strategies and technologies 

to assist corporates and institutions in their FX risk management, mass payments and account opening requirements. More 

detail on each subsidiary undertaking is provided in note 5. Shares in all indirect subsidiary holdings are held by Alpha FX 

Limited. The accounting year-ends of all subsidiaries is 31 December 2023.

In December 2023 Alpha Europe S.A. was dissolved and transferred to a branch of Alpha FX Europe Limited. 

In December 2023 86.36% of Financial Transaction Services B.V. was acquired as part of a business combination (note 26).

The assets and operations of Alpha FX Italy Limited were transferred to its own branch of Alpha FX Europe Limited in the year. 

The entity is in the process of being dissolved.

Foreign currency forward and option contracts with 
customers

Foreign currency forward and option contracts with 
banking counterparties

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

103,975

12,686,128

116,515

16,521,973

3,043

830,319

10,194

4,787,695

Other foreign exchange forward contracts

-

-

229

16,592

 107,018 

 13,516,447

126,938

21,326,260

Derivative financial assets designated as hedging instruments

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Foreign currency forward contracts 

 156 

 3,913 

Interest rate swap contracts 

 2,398 

 825,546 

 2,554 

 829,459 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

-

Total Derivative financial assets

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

 109,572 

 14,345,906 

126,938

21,326,260

31 December 2023 
Fair value
£’000

31 December 2022
Fair value
£’000

 95,203 

 14,369 

 109,572 

99,119

27,819

126,938

Analysis:

Current

Non-current

TOTAL DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL ASSETS

134

   135

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

16. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES  [CONT.] 

Items that will be reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income:

Derivative financial liabilities not designated as hedging instruments

Foreign currency forward and option contracts with 
customers

Foreign currency forward and option contracts with 
banking counterparties

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

37,584

7,334,032

47,706

6,164,718

2,559

 5,354,982

1,736

5,711,465

Other foreign exchange forward contracts

67

33,090

-

-

 40,210 

 12,722,104 

49,442

11,876,183

Derivative financial liabilities designated as hedging instruments

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

- 

- 

- 

-

-

-

286

353

639

21,648

205,000

226,648

Foreign currency forward contracts 

Interest rate swap contracts 

Total Derivative financial liabilities

Movement in year

Cash flow hedges

Gains/(losses) recognised on hedging instruments

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

Tax relating to items that may be reclassified 

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

3,193

(679)

(798)

1,716

(639)

1,382

160

903

Since the Group’s inception, it has historically operated in a low interest rate environment. However, since Q3, 2022, when 

interest rates started to rise, the Group started to receive a large amount of interest on its own free cash balances as well 

as client cash balances. In line with the Group’s treasury policy, we have entered into interest rate swap contracts to manage 
interest rate risk, see further details below.

Interest rate swap contracts

The interest rate swap contracts designated as hedging instruments relate to transactions entered into in 2022 and 2023 to 

fix the rate of interest receivable on cash balances held by the Group in respect of its own free cash balances as well as client 

cash balances. With the interest rate swap, the Group receives a fixed rate of interest and pays a floating interest rate based 

on SONIA. 

The contracts commence between June and December 2023 with expiries between June 2025 and June 2026. Upon expiry of 

the contracts or if they no longer qualify for hedge accounting, the deferred gains/losses in comprehensive income relating 

to the Group’s own free cash balances will be reclassified within finance income and those relating to client cash balances 

will be reclassified within net treasury income. The hedge effectiveness is reassessed at each reporting date and all hedges 

remained effective throughout 2023.

Foreign currency forward contracts 

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Notional principal
£’000

The forward contracts designated as hedging instruments relate to hedges entered into in December 2022 and February 

2023 to fix the exchange rate of interest receivable denominated in dollars and euros. The contracts have monthly expiries 

up to January 2024. The deferred gains/losses in comprehensive income will be reclassified within net treasury income 

 40,210 

 12,722,104 

50,081

12,102,831

upon expiry of the contracts or if they no longer qualify for hedge accounting. The hedge effectiveness is reassessed at each 

Analysis:

Current

Non-current

TOTAL DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

31 December 2023 
Fair value
£’000

31 December 2022
Fair value
£’000

 34,288 

 5,922 

 40,210 

42,764

7,317

50,081

reporting date and all hedges remained effective throughout 2023.

17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Forward foreign exchange contracts and options fall into level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as set out in note 2. Level 2 

comprises those financial instruments which can be valued using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the 

asset or liability either directly (i.e., prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices). The fair value of forward foreign exchange 

contracts is measured using observable forward exchange rates for contracts with a similar maturity at the reporting date. 

The fair value of option foreign exchange contracts is measured using an industry standard external model that best presents 

the unpublished interbank valuations.

136

   137

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
17. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  [CONT.] 

The transactions are subject to ISDA (“International Swaps and Derivatives Association”) Master Agreements and similar 

master agreements which provide a legally enforceable right of offset in the normal course of business, the event of a 

default and the event of insolvency or bankruptcy. In accordance with the master agreements, contracts with banking 

There were no transfers between level 1 and 2 during the current or prior year. The fair value of all other financial assets and 

counterparties are assessed daily on a net basis. 

financial liabilities is approximate to their carrying value.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

However, contracts with clients are assessed daily on a gross basis, and therefore shown as separate financial assets and 

financial liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

2023

The principal financial instruments of the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

a)  Financial assets per statement of financial position

FAIR VALUE ASSETS

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (note 16)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (note 16)

TOTAL FAIR VALUE ASSETS

AMORTISED COST ASSETS

Other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Fixed collateral

TOTAL AMORTISED COST ASSETS

TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS

£’000

107,018

2,554

109,572

4,538

197,941

8,810

211,289

320,861

Restated1
£’000

126,938

-

126,938

2,896

136,799

4,726

144,421

271,359

b)  Financial liabilities per statement of financial position

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

FAIR VALUE LIABILITIES

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (note 16)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (note 16)

TOTAL FAIR VALUE LIABILITIES

OTHER PAYABLES MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST

Other payables and accruals

TOTAL OTHER PAYABLES

TOTAL FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

£’000

40,210

-

40,210

58,295

58,295

98,505

Restated1
£’000

49,442

639

50,081

75,971

75,971

126,052

c)  Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss represent immediate back-to-back derivative transactions with 

banking counterparties and are reported as financial assets and financial liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of 

Financial Position. 

Gross 
fair 
value

£’000

147,916

(92,233)

Gross 
fair 
value

£’000

186,868

(154,248)

Variation 
margin 
offset

£’000

-

11,125

Variation 
margin 
offset

£’000

-

44,876

Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements

Fair 
value 
offset

£’000

(40,898)

40,898

Net derivative 
financial 
asset/(liability) 
(Note 16)

£’000

107,018

(40,210)

Fixed  
collateral

£’000

8,810

-

Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements

Fair 
value 
offset

£’000

(59,930)

59,930

Net derivative 
financial 
asset/(liability) 
(Note 16)
£’000

126,938

(49,442)

Fixed 
collateral

£’000

4,726

-

Derivative financial assets

Derivative financial liabilities

2022

Derivative financial assets

Derivative financial liabilities

18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Objectives, policies and processes for managing and the methods used to measure risk 

There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial instrument risks, its objectives, policies and 

processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous periods, unless otherwise stated 

in this note.

Financial assets principally comprise trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, fixed collateral and derivative 

financial assets. Financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, and derivative financial liabilities. The main risks 

arising from financial instruments are credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, foreign currency risk, and interest rate risk, each 

of which are discussed in further detail below.

The Group monitors and mitigates financial risk on a consolidated basis. The Group has implemented a framework to ensure 

that risk management practices appropriate to a listed company are in place. 

The Group operates under the Three Lines of Defence approach to risk management. This framework is overseen and 

enforced by the Risk Committee and Board. 

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

138

   139

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT [CONT.] 

The Group has sufficient cash resources to pay its debts and contractual liabilities as they fall due. Consequently, management 

 Objectives, policies and processes for managing and the methods used to measure risk [cont]

does not believe that the Group has a material exposure to liquidity risk.

1. 

First Line is risk management: Primary responsibility for strategy, performance and risk management lies with the  

Market risk

Executive Team and the Heads of each department. 

2. 

Second Line is risk oversight: The Risk, Compliance, Finance and Legal Teams provide risk oversight. 

3. 

Third Line is independent assurance: Independent assurance on the effectiveness of the risk management  

systems. Specialist external reviews provide an additional line of defence.

Market risk is also inherent in Alpha’s business model, however this is minimised by the operation of matched derivative 

transactions, whereby all derivatives sold to customers are matched on a back-to-back basis with an offsetting derivative from 

a banking counterparty. The Group is only exposed to the net position of its derivative assets and liabilities and this position is 

collateralised on a daily basis. The Group may from time to time buy treasury hedges from its banking counterparties, that are 

not matched with the client, to limit the tail risk of individual trades. The treasury hedges involve buying an option and therefore 

the Group has the right to trade rather than an obligation so there is no downside risk on these transactions.

Credit risk

Interest rate risk 

Credit risk is inherent in Alpha’s business model. The Board accepts that credit losses are a function of our trading model, 

and the Group takes a risk-based approach to balance revenue opportunities against the risk of default. Credit risk is the risk 

that a client fails to deliver currency at maturity of a contract and/or fails to deposit margin when a margin call is made which 

could ultimately lead to a financial loss. 

Where the Group provides credit to customers, this is subject to credit verification checks and an in-depth underwriting 

process by our Credit Team based on both quantitative and qualitative factors. Credit policies are aimed at reducing the 

impact of losses, credit terms will only be granted to customers who satisfy a creditworthiness assessment and demonstrate 

an appropriate payment history. The client terms and conditions and the credit facility confirmation letter highlight the 

client’s margin terms and requirement to provide collateral. This provides further mitigation to the credit exposure and 

reduces the risk of potential disputes. The Group evaluated the concentration of risk as low with respect to derivative 

financial assets arising from contracts with counterparties. This is due to the fact that no single customer represents a 

significant proportion of the total value of customer contracts and the business has historically low levels of counterparty 

default.

Client credit exposures are monitored daily. Stress tests are carried out to assess and minimise client credit risk exposures 

under various market volatility scenarios.

Counterparty risk

The Group relies on third party institutions in order to trade with clients. To reduce counterparty credit risk, the Group only 

trades with institutional counterparties with robust balance sheets, high credit ratings and strong capital resources. The 

Group monitors the creditworthiness of institutional counterparties on an ongoing basis. As part of the Group’s business 

continuity procedures settlement lines have been established with several institutional counterparties in order to reduce the 

impact of business disruption as a result of counterparty risk.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group may encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they are due. Extensive 

controls are in place to ensure that liquidity risk is mitigated. The Group’s liquidity requirements are reviewed daily, and the 

Group employs stress testing to model the sufficiency of its liquidity in stressed market scenarios. The ability of clients to pay 

margin and settle contracts is monitored with automated triggers and alerts configured into the Group’s systems. The Group 

maintains cash reserves and continues to increase these reserves relative to its trading activity on an ongoing basis. 

The Group attempts to ensure it maintains (as closely as possible) a balanced position in each currency, with regular stress 

testing of its net long/short position in a particular currency against sudden and unforeseen market movements (“Black 

Swan Events”).

Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument or cash flows associated with the instrument will fluctuate 

due to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from interest bearing financial assets and liabilities used by 

the Group. Interest bearing assets comprise cash and cash equivalents which are considered short-term liquid assets. It is the 

Group’s policy to settle derivative financial liabilities arising from contracts with customers (included within trade payables) and 

other payables within the credit terms allowed. Therefore, the Group generally does not incur interest on overdue balances.

In 2023 the interest receivable on cash and cash equivalents was managed using derivative instruments to hedge interest rate 

risk (note 16).

Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that non-sterling revenue earned on a transaction may fluctuate due to changes 

in foreign currency rates. The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on revenue, expenses and net assets that are 

denominated in a currency other than sterling. The principal currencies giving rise to this risk vary from period to period 

depending on the currency of transactions undertaken by the Group. Details of the foreign currency cash balances can be 

found in note 20.

The Group manages its exposure to currency movements in line with its Treasury Policy. Client money received in a foreign 

currency is deposited in a bank account of the same currency, netting off to provide a natural hedge. The Group reduces its 

exposure to foreign exchange by retranslating excess cash in foreign currencies into sterling on a regular basis. The Group 

hedges a proportion of its unrealised profits through foreign exchange contracts designated as fair value through profit or loss.

The Group’s policy is to reduce the risk associated with the revenue denominated in foreign currencies by using forward fixed 

rate currency hedges. The settlement of these forward foreign exchange contracts is expected to occur within the following 

twelve months. Changes in the fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts are recognised directly in the Consolidated 

Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Foreign currency risk – sensitivity analysis

The Group’s principal recurring foreign currency transactions are in Euros, US Dollar and Canadian Dollar. The table below shows 

the impact on the Group’s operating profit and equity, of a 10% change in the exchange rate of the principal currencies, euro, US 

dollar and Canadian dollar. 

140

   141

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT [CONT.] 

 Foreign currency risk – sensitivity analysis [cont]

Year ended 31 December

EURO:

10% weakening in the £/€ exchange rate

10% strengthening in the £/€ exchange rate

US DOLLAR:

10% weakening in the £/$ exchange rate

10% strengthening in the £/$ exchange rate

CANADIAN DOLLAR:

10% weakening in the £/$ exchange rate

10% strengthening in the £/$ exchange rate

Impact on profit after tax        

Impact on equity

2023 
£’000

6,570

(5,375)

6,403

(5,239)

448 

(366)

2022 
£’000

4,624

(3,784)

2,546

(2,083)

384

(314)

2023
£’000

4,827 

(3,949)

1,229

(1,005)

327 

(267)

2022 
£’000

3,540

(2,897)

1,187

(971)

410

(335)

The sensitivities in the table above do not include the impact of foreign exchange hedges in place to optimise cash 

management across the Group. By including the impact of hedges in place throughout 2023, the impact of a 10% weakening 

of the pound on profit after tax would have been £3,789k, £4,416k and £409k (2022: £804k, £1,733k and £nil) for Euro, US dollar 

and Canadian dollar respectively. Similarly, the impact of a 10% strengthening of the pound on profit after tax would have been 

-£3,100k, -£3,613k and -£335k (2022: -£658k, -£1,418k and £nil) for Euro, US dollar and Canadian dollar respectively.

Exchange rates for financial year

EURO:

Average rate

Closing rate

US DOLLAR:

Average rate

Closing rate

CANADIAN DOLLAR:

Average rate

Closing rate

2023 

1.1499

1.1539

1.2436

1.2747

1.6780

1.6810

2022

1.1730

1.1269

1.2369

1.2027

1.6080

1.6295

The impact of a change of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of exchange rates 

and the volatility observed both on a historical basis and market expectations for future movement. 

Management of capital

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to maximise shareholder value whilst safeguarding the Group’s ability 

to continue as a going concern. The Group’s policy is to maintain a capital base and funding structure that retains creditor 

and market confidence, provides flexibility for business development, ensures adherence to regulatory requirements, whilst 

optimising returns to shareholders. 

The Group monitors its total equity as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. In order to maintain or adjust 

the capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, adjust the dividends paid to shareholders or buy back shares.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

19.   OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables

Prepayments

TOTAL OTHER RECEIVABLES

20.  CASH

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

4,538

   3,258           

7,796

Restated1
£’000

2,896

2,437

5,333

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and deposits held at call with banks for which the Group has 

immediate access.

Fixed collateral comprises cash held as collateral with banking counterparties for which the Group does not have 

immediate access.

Cash balances included within derivative financial assets (see note 16 and 17) relate to the variation margin called by 

banking counterparties regarding out of the money trades counterparties for which the Group does not have immediate 

access. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Variation margin called by counterparties (note 17)

Fixed collateral

TOTAL CASH

Cash at bank is made up of the following currency balances:

British pound

Euro 

US Dollar

Canadian Dollar

Australian Dollar

Chinese Renminbi

Norwegian Krone

Other currencies

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

197,941

11,125

8,810

217,876

136,799

44,876

4,726

186,401

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

135,584

53,153

17,858

4,754

2,224

1,090

542

2,671

217,876

86,421

61,325

20,565

4,070

1,007

3,307

7,622

2,084

186,401

   143

142

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
20. CASH [CONT.] 

Share premium account
In the year ended 31 December 2023 the share premium account increased by £491,227 following the vesting of share option 

schemes.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value. All changes in 

financial liabilities arising from financing activities, other than the lease liabilities taken out in 2019, 2022 and 2023, are due to 

In the year ended 31 December 2022 the share premium account increased by £823,771 following the vesting of the SAYE 

cash flow movements and are shown in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows within cash flow from financing activities.

share scheme and £431,756 (restated) following the vesting of share option schemes. Further details on the restatement can 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

21.  CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Share capital

AUTHORISED, ISSUED AND FULLY PAID

At 31 December 2023

At 31 December 2022

No.

£’000

No.

£’000

Ordinary shares of £0.002 each

43,321,813

87

42,196,554

84

Number of shares

AT 1 JANUARY 2022

Shares issued on vesting of share option schemes

AT 31 DECEMBER 2022

Shares issued on vesting of share option schemes

AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

Ordinary shares

40,964,225

1,232,329

42,196,554

1,125,259

43,321,813

The following movements of share capital occurred during the year ended 31 December 2023:

On 27 March 2023, the Company issued 1,125,259 new shares following the vesting of shares under the B, C and E Growth Share 

Schemes, and the Institutional, Canada and Alpha Pay share schemes.

The following movements of share capital occurred during the year ended 31 December 2022:

On 21 March 2022, the Company issued 1,123,946 new shares following the vesting of shares under the B, C and E Growth Share 

Schemes and the Institutional Share Scheme.

On 25 March 2022, the Company issued 99,386 new shares in respect of shares issued following the vesting of the SAYE share 

scheme. 

The Company issued a further 8,997 new shares in respect of shares issued following the vesting of the SAYE share scheme, 

between April 2022 and June 2022.

be found in note 4.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve of £3,701 arose following the buy-back of shares in prior years.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve of £666,529 was created in October 2016 as a result of the share for share exchange with non-controlling 

interests. The merger relief reserve represents the difference between the fair value and nominal value of shares issued on 

the acquisition of non-controlling interests, where the Company has taken advantage of merger relief.

Redemption reserve
The redemption reserve of £(1,884,165) comprises the fair value of the consideration payable to the non-controlling interest of 

Financial Transaction Services B.V. (Cobase) on the date that the agreement was entered into. The reserve is expected to be 

utilised over a four-year period between 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2028, with 25% of the non-controlling interest 

acquired each period over the four years. More details on the acquisition can be found in note 26.

Retained earnings
Represents accumulated profits attributable to equity owners of the parent less accumulated dividends.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve of £580,515 (2022: £1,260,398 restated) represents the foreign exchange differences arising from the 

translation of the net investment in foreign entities.

22.  NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

As detailed in note 4, historically some of the employee equity shareholding on a number of the share schemes had been 

recognised as non-controlling interest. However after reviewing the IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment standard and related 

guidance from the IFRIC, the Group has concluded that they should not have been recognised as non- controlling interest 

and therefore non-controlling interest has subsequently been restated to £nil as at 31 December 2022.

Non-controlling interest as at 31 December 2023 is made up of Financial Transaction Services B.V. (“Cobase”) which was 

acquired in December 2023. The NCI’s shareholding is 13.64%. Further information on the acquisition of Cobase is provided in 

note 26.

144

   145

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

20. NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST [CONT.] 

24.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES

Below shows summarised financial information for Cobase, before intra-group eliminations.

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over 

the other party in making financial or operational decisions, or one other party controls both.

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

Subsidiaries

Revenue

Loss after taxation

Loss allocated to non-controlling interests

£’000

186

(241)

(33)

Restated1
£’000

-

-

-

The Parent Company of the Group is Alpha Group International plc. Note 15 provides information about the subsidiaries and 

the holding company. Details of the ultimate controlling party can be found in note 27.

Transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this 

note.

Key management personnel 

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

The Group considers its key management personnel to be the Directors of Companies within the Group.  

Assets

Non-current assets

Current assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

NET ASSETS

23.  OTHER PAYABLES

 CURRENT:

Other payables

Other taxation and social security

Accruals 

NON-CURRENT:

Provisions

TOTAL OTHER PAYABLES

£’000

 3,880 

 1,391 

(340)

4,931

Restated1
£’000

 - 

 - 

-

-

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

51,243

1,455

7,052

59,750

875

875

60,625

Restated1
£’000

70,272

1,369

5,699

77,340

222

222

77,562

Other payables consist of margin received from clients and client-held funds. The carrying value of other payables classified 

as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost, approximates fair value.

The compensation of the Directors of the Company, together with their shareholding, is included in the Remuneration 

Committee report on pages 84.

Transactions with key management personnel  

During the year, Alpha FX Limited traded gross foreign currency contracts with; M J Tillbrook £1,424,473 (2022: £2,291,400) and 

M E Stuart £47,690 (2022: £30,853), on an arm’s length basis.

Other entities

During the year, the Group purchased goods and services from entities classified as related parties as follows: 

 − Services totalling £121,793 (2022: £391,128) on an arms-length basis from Klarify Group Limited, a multi-cloud and 

cyber security specialist in which M J Tillbrook owned a 42% (2022: 42%) beneficial ownership.

 − Services totalling £214,698 (2022: nil) on an arms-length basis from Assured Cyber Limited, a cyber insurance broker 

in which M J Tillbrook owns a 30% beneficial ownership.

During the year, the Group traded gross foreign currency contracts with entities classified as related parties as follows: 

 − Gross foreign currency contracts of £4,168 (2022: £1,670) on an arms-length basis with Zip Cap Limited, a financial 

services company in which M J Tillbrook owns 100% of the share capital.

25.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Employees (including senior executives) of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby 

employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). 

The Group recognised a total credit related to all the above equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the year 

ended 31 December 2023 of £57,946. The share-based payment charge for the year ended 31 December 2022 has been 

restated to a charge of £1,101,095, further details can be found in note 4.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

146

   147

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023  
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS  [CONT.] 

The Group operates several growth share schemes where shares in subsidiary entities are awarded to employees and are 

converted into shares in the Company at a future date based on pre-determined vesting criteria. External tax valuations 

for share schemes are obtained from an independent third party prior to issue. Indemnities are also obtained from all 

employees for any future tax liabilities that may arise. 

Should any additional payroll tax liabilities arise, in the first instance, they would be paid by the subsidiary company and 

the tax indemnities would ensure recovery of any additional tax liabilities from the growth shareholders. The Board has 

In March 2023, 148 C Growth Shares were exercised in respect of the year ended 31 December 2022. As a result, 171,810 

shares in Alpha Group International plc were issued as consideration in March 2023.

Following the revenue growth target for the year not being met for the C Growth Shares, the remaining C Growth Shares 

lapsed. As a result, no shares in Alpha Group International plc will be issued as consideration for the lapsed C Growth Shares 

in March 2024. Further, the year ended 31 December 2023 was the final year of the C Growth Shares scheme.

The share-based payment charge of the C Growth Shares in the year ended 31 December 2023 was a credit of £243,084 

(2022: credit of £17,918).

assessed that should such an event occur, there would not be a material impact on the Group’s net assets or the result for 

E Share Growth Scheme

the year.

B Growth Share Scheme

Under the B Growth Share Scheme, selected employees of the Group who were employed prior to the Company’s IPO in 

2017, were issued with B shares in Alpha FX Limited. The rights attaching to the B shares include a put option which, when 

exercised, enable the shareholder to convert the B shares into ordinary shares of the Company. 

In March 2022, following the revenue growth target for the year being met in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021, 

333 B Growth Shares were exercised when the share price of the Company was 1909p. Due to the impact of COVID-19, 

the issuance of these shares had been deferred from March 2021 with all future issuances similarly deferred by a year. As 

a result, 549,137 shares in Alpha Group International plc were issued as consideration in March 2023 and with a further 

In 2020 the Group adopted an E Share Growth Scheme under which 882 E ordinary shares (“E Shares”) in Alpha FX Limited 

were issued to full time employees of the Group (“E Share Growth Scheme”). The E Shares contain a put option, such that, 

when and to the extent vested, they can be converted into ordinary shares in the Group. The E Shares will vest in four equal 
tranches, occurring annually, starting on 31 December 2021 until 31 December 2024. Vesting will require Group revenue growth 

of 25% in 2021, 20% in 2022, 20% in 2023 and 20% in 2024.  

The rate of conversion of the E Shares, is a pro rata share of the market capitalisation gain of Alpha above a hurdle price 

of £300m. The gain that an E Shareholder could receive is capped through placing a ceiling on the maximum market 

capitalisation of Alpha of £650m. The result of doing so is that the E Shareholders will be entitled to a pro rata share of the 

gain in market capitalisation of Alpha between £300m and the market capitalisation ceiling of £650m.

88,015 shares to be issued to an ex-employee in March 2025 as part of a settlement agreement. This represents the final 

Upon conversion, the number of ordinary shares in the Group an E Shareholder will receive is such number of ordinary shares 

vesting of the B Growth Share Scheme.

C Growth Share Scheme

In October 2018, the Group adopted a C Growth Share Scheme, under which 863 C ordinary shares (“C Shares”) in Alpha FX 

Limited (the “Company”) were issued to full-time employees of the Group (“C Share Growth Scheme”). 

The C Shares confer no upfront economic rights to their holders and in particular holders of the C Shares are not entitled 

to receive dividends, receive notice of, attend, speak or vote at general meetings of the Company and are not entitled 

rights to participate in any distributions upon a liquidation or capital reduction of the Company. 

The C Shares contain a put option, such that, when and to the extent vested, they can be converted into ordinary shares in 

the Group. The rate of conversion is that the C Shares will be regarded as worth a pro rata share of the share price gain of 

Alpha Group International plc above a hurdle price of 550p based upon the market price of Alpha Group International plc 

at the time of allotment. 

Upon conversion, the number of ordinary shares in Alpha Group International plc that a C Shareholder will receive is such 

number of ordinary shares whose value is equivalent to the Group’s closing share price at the conversion date. Conversion 

is only permitted to the extent that the C Shares have vested.

The C Share Growth Scheme includes a requirement for Group revenue to grow 20% in 2023 in order for vesting to occur. 

The gain that a C Shareholder can receive is capped at a ceiling on the maximum market capitalisation of Alpha of £650m.  

As a result, the C Shareholders will be entitled to a pro rata share of the gain in market capitalisation of Alpha between 

the hurdle price at the time of allotment and the market capitalisation ceiling of £650m. If a participating employee either 

leaves employment with the Group or commits a performance breach (broadly conduct detrimental to the business and 

reputation of the Group), the Group is entitled to buy back the relevant C Shares at cost. 

whose value is equivalent to the Group’s closing share price at the conversion date. Conversion is only permitted to the extent 

that the E Shares have vested.

In March 2023, 185 E Growth Shares were exercised in respect of the year ended 31 December 2022. As a result, 161,064 

shares in Alpha Group International plc were issued as consideration in March 2023.

Following the revenue growth target for the year not being met for the E Growth Shares, 185 E Growth Shares lapsed. As a 

result, no shares in Alpha Group International plc will be issued as consideration for the lapsed E Growth Shares in March 

2024. 

The share-based payment charge of the E Growth Shares in the year ended 31 December 2023 was a credit of £258,792 

(2022: £322,304 restated). 

F Share Growth Scheme

In June 2022 the Group issued an initial 285 shares under the F Share Growth Scheme with a further 99 shares issued in 

November 2022. The F Shares contain a put option, such that, when and to the extent vested, they can be converted into 

ordinary shares of the Group. The F Shares will vest in four equal tranches, occurring annually, in respect of the Financial 

Years for 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026.

Vesting for each Financial Year requires Group revenue growth of 20% in Financial Year 2023, 20% in Financial Year 2024, 20% 

in Financial Year 2025 and 20% in Financial Year 2026. The rate of conversion that the F Shares will be regarded as worth, is a 

pro rata share of the market capitalisation gain of Alpha above a hurdle price of £740m. The gain that an F shareholder could 

receive is capped through placing a ceiling on the maximum market capitalisation of Alpha of £1,867m. The result of doing so 

is that the F Shares will be entitled to a pro rata share of the gain in market capitalisation of Alpha between £740m and the 

market capitalisation ceiling of £1,867m.

148

   149

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY202325. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS  [CONT.] 

 F Growth Share Scheme [cont]

Upon conversion, the number of ordinary shares in Alpha that an F Shareholder will receive is such number of ordinary shares 

whose value is equivalent to Alpha’s closing share price at the conversion date. Conversion is only permitted to the extent 

that the F Shares have vested.

Following the revenue growth target for the year not being met for the F Growth Shares, 82 F Growth Shares lapsed. Alpha 

Group International plc exercised the call options to buy the shares back from the employees at the original subscription 

price. As a result, no shares in Alpha Group International plc will be issued as consideration for the lapsed F Growth Shares in 

March 2024. 

The share-based payment charge of the F Growth Shares in the year ended 31 December 2023 was £201,111 (2022: £213,314 

restated). 

G and H Share Growth Scheme

In June 2022 the Group awarded 360 shares under the G Share Growth Scheme and 265 shares under the H share scheme. 

The G and H Shares contain a put option, such that, when and to the extent vested, they can be converted into ordinary 

shares in the Group. The shares will vest in five tranches, occurring annually, in respect of the Financial Years for 2022, 2023, 

2024, 2025 and 2026. The shareholders will be able to vest 12.5% of their holding for Financial Year 2022, 12.5% for Financial 

Year 2023, 25% for Financial Year 2024, 25% for Financial Year 2025 and 25% for Financial Year 2026. 

Vesting for each Financial Year for the G shareholders will require revenue from the London Corporate division (and the Spain 

corporate division) to grow by 5.5% in Financial Year 2022, 15% in Financial Year 2023, 15% in Financial Year 2024, 15% in 

Financial Year 2025 and 15% in Financial Year 2026. 

Vesting for each Financial Year for the H shareholders is subject to 2 revenue targets being met, with shareholders being 

entitled to vest 50% of their holding for each Financial Year in respect of each target being met. The first revenue target is 

for the London Corporate division (and the Spain corporate division) to grow by 5.5% in Financial Year 2022, 15% in Financial 

Year 2023, 15% in Financial Year 2024, 15% in Financial Year 2025 and 15% in Financial Year 2026. The second target is for the 

revenue from all the global corporate divisions to grow by 18.6% in Financial Year 2022, 20% in Financial Year 2023, 20% in 

Financial Year 2024, 20% in Financial Year 2025 and 20% in Financial Year 2026.

The rate of conversion that the G and H Shares will be regarded as worth, is a pro rata share of the market capitalisation gain 

of Alpha above a hurdle price of £740m. The gain that a shareholder could receive is capped through placing a ceiling on the 

maximum market capitalisation of Alpha of £1,867m. The result of doing so is that the G and H Shares will be entitled to a pro 

rata share of the gain in market capitalisation of Alpha between £740m and the market capitalisation ceiling of £1,867m.

Upon conversion, the number of ordinary shares in Alpha that a shareholder will receive is such number of ordinary shares 

whose value is equivalent to Alpha’s closing share price at the conversion date. Conversion is only permitted to the extent 

that the G and H Shares have vested.

In respect of the year ending 31 December 2022, the revenue targets were met for the G and H Shares, however the market 

capitalisation of Alpha did not exceed the hurdle price of £740m. With respect to the year ending 31 December 2023, the 

revenue targets for the G and H Shares were not met. Accordingly, no shares in Alpha Group International plc will be issued as 

consideration in March 2024 in respect of years ending 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023.

The share-based payment charge of the G and H Growth Shares in the year ended 31 December 2023 was £221,967 (2022: 

£551,489 restated). 

150

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Details of the outstanding shares in Alpha FX Limited in respect of the above schemes are as follows:

31 December 2023

B Growth 
Share Scheme 
No.

C Growth
Share Scheme 
No.

E Growth
Share Scheme 
No.

F Growth
Share Scheme
 No.

G Growth
Share Scheme
 No.

H Growth
Share Scheme 
No.

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted in the year

Exercised in the year

Forfeited in the year

OUTSTANDING AT END OF YEAR

-

-

-

-

-

301

-

(148)

(11)

142

602

-

(185)

(16)

401

361

-

-

(5)

356

360

265

-

-

-

-

-

-

360

265

31 December 2022

B Growth 
Share Scheme 
No.

C Growth
Share Scheme 
No.

E Growth
Share Scheme 
No.

F Growth
Share Scheme
 No.

G Growth
Share Scheme
 No.

H Growth
Share Scheme 
No.

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted in the year

Exercised in the year*

Forfeited in the year

OUTSTANDING AT END OF YEAR

358

-

(333)

(25)

-

568

-

(186)

(81)

301

882

-

(197)

(83)

602

-

384

-

(23)

361

-

360

-

-

-

265

-

-

360

265

* The 333 B shares that were exercised in March 2022 in respect of the ended 31 December 2021 and the shares in the Company will not be issued until 

March 2023 and March 2025.

The fair value of the Growth Share Schemes was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The model considers 

historical and expected dividends, and the share price volatility of the Group relative to that of its competitors, to predict the 

share performance. When determining the grant date fair value of awards, service and non-market performance conditions 

are not considered. However, the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of 

the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date 

fair value. 

The inputs used for fair valuing the awards at the date of grant were as follows:

 B Growth
Share Scheme

C Growth
Share Scheme

E Growth
Share Scheme

F, G & H Growth
Share Schemes

Expected volatility %

Risk free interest rate %

Option life (years)

Starting equity value (£m)

25.0%

0.09%

3

£33.6m

25.0%

0.75%

5

45%-55%

0.10%

5

40%

2.3%

5

£186.6m

£300.0m

£740.0m

   151

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS  [CONT.] 

Alpha Pay

Alpha FX Institutional Limited
Alpha FX Institutional Limited was incorporated in 2018, and at 31 December 2023 the management team had share options 

equivalent to 10.4% of the business. 

With the initial share award, the individuals have the option to convert a percentage of their holding into Group shares over a 

four-year period, based upon strict performance criteria, with the first year of conversion being the year ended 31 December 

2021. At conversion, and in exchange for converting their shares into the Group, Alpha FX Limited’s shareholding over Alpha FX 

Institutional Limited will commensurately increase. 

In 2019 the Group adjusted the employee share ownership incentive scheme to include additional key employees. These 

individuals have the option to convert a percentage of their holding into Group shares over a four-year period, based upon 
strict performance criteria, with the first year of conversion being the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Following the continued success of Alpha FX Institutional Limited, the Group further adjusted the employee share ownership 

incentive scheme in March 2022 to include additional key employees. The shares are structured in a similar way to the shares 

issued to previous employee shareholders of Alpha Institutional, and will vest in four equal tranches, for each of the financial 

years ending 31 December 2024, 31 December 2025, 31 December 2026 and 31 December 2027.

In March 2023, employees exercised their options equivalent to 4.99% of the business in respect of the year ended 31 

December 2022. As a result, 123,768 shares in the Company were issued as consideration.

In 2019 the Group announced that it had put in place an employee share ownership incentive scheme for certain 

individuals employed in the Group’s newly formed business division, Alpha Pay). A new class of shares (“D Shares”) in Alpha 

FX Limited was created.

The value of the D Shares will be linked to the performance of the Alpha Pay business. Under the initial share award, 

from March 2023, the Alpha Pay Participants will have the option to convert 25% of their holding of D Shares into Group 

shares each year for four years (with the final option being exercisable in March 2026). At conversion, and in exchange 

for converting their D shares into shares in the Group, the APS Participants’ holding of D Shares in Alpha FX Limited will 

commensurately decrease and the Group’s holding will commensurately increase.

Following the continued success of Alpha Pay, in December 2021 the Group adjusted the employee share ownership 

scheme to include additional new employees to support the ongoing growth of the division. As a result, a new class of 

non-dividend bearing and non-voting D3 shares and D4 shares were issued. The value of the D3 Shares and D4 Shares will 
be linked to the performance of the Alpha Pay business and are structured in a similar way to the existing D shares issued 

in 2019. The D3 Shareholders will have the option to convert 25% of their holding of D3 Shares into ordinary shares of the 

Group each year for four years commencing from March 2024 (with the final option being exercisable in March 2027). The 

D4 Shareholders will have the option to convert 25% of their holding of D4 Shares into Group Shares each year for four 

years commencing from March 2025 (with the final option being exercisable in March 2028). 

At conversion, and in exchange for converting their D3 shares and D4 Shares into Group Shares, the D3 shares held by the 

D3 Shareholders and the D4 Shares held by the D4 Shareholders in Alpha FX Limited will commensurately decrease and 

the Group’s holding will commensurately increase.

Based on the share price of the Company of 1750p as at 31 December 2023, it is estimated that the Company will issue 

121,823 shares as consideration for employees converting options equivalent to 5.01% of the business in respect of the year 

In March 2023, employees exercised their option to convert share options equivalent to 3.7% of their holding in respect of 

the year ended 31 December 2022. As a result, 111,085 shares in the Company were issued as consideration.

ended 31 December 2023. 

The share-based payment charge in the year ended 31 December 2023 was £20,852 (2022: £31,906).

Based on the share price of the Company of 1750p as at 31 December 2023, it is estimated that the Company will issue 

106,928 shares as consideration for employees converting options in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023. 

Alpha Foreign Exchange (Canada) Limited

Alpha FX Netherlands Limited

In 2019 the Group announced the share ownership plan for Alpha Foreign Exchange (Canada) Limited in which management 

owned options equivalent to 25% of the business. Under the agreement, management can exchange 25% of the shares 

they hold in the subsidiary for new ordinary shares in the Company in each of the financial years ended 31 December 2022, 

31 December 2023, 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2025. As the shares held by the management in the subsidiary is 

reduced over time, Alpha FX Limited’s shareholding over the subsidiary will commensurately increase. 

In April 2022 the Group adjusted the employee share ownership incentive scheme for Alpha Canada to include additional key 

employees. The new shares are structured in a similar way to the shares issued to existing employee shareholders of Alpha 

Canada and will vest in four equal tranches, for each of the financial years ending 31 December 2024, 31 December 2025, 31 

December 2026 and 31 December 2027.

Following the establishment of our Netherlands business in 2020, in May 2021 the Group announced a new share scheme 

to incentivise key personnel within Alpha FX Netherlands Limited.

These individuals have the option to exchange 25% of the shares they hold in Alpha FX Netherlands Limited for new 

ordinary shares in the Company for each of the financial years ended 31 December 2023, 31 December 2024, 31 December 

2025 and 31 December 2026. The shares exchanged will be valued with reference to an 8x multiple of underlying profit after 

tax achieved by Alpha FX Netherlands Limited. As the shares held by the management in the subsidiary is reduced over 

time, Alpha FX Limited’s shareholding over the subsidiary will commensurately increase. 

Based on the share price of the Company of 1750p as at 31 December 2023, it is estimated that the Company will issue 

21,379 shares as consideration for an employee converting 1.6% of their equity in respect of the year ended 31 December 

In March 2023, an employee exercised his option to convert options equivalent to 4.5% in the business in respect of the year 

2023. 

ended 31 December 2022. As a result, 8,395 shares in the Company were issued as consideration.

Based on the share price of the Company of 1750p as at 31 December 2023, it is estimated that the Company will issue 5,593 

shares as consideration for an employee converting options equivalent to 4.5% in the business in respect of the year ended 

31 December 2023. 

152

   153

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
25. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS  [CONT.] 

The fair value of the net assets acquired is set out below:

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Bristol
Following the establishment of a new sales office in Bristol in 2022, in January 2023 the Group announced a new share 

scheme to incentivise key personnel within the Bristol office. A new class of shares (“I Shares”) in Alpha FX Limited was 

created.

The value of the I Shares will be linked to the performance of the Bristol Operation. The Bristol share ownership scheme is 

structured in a similar way to the share schemes implemented for other FX risk management divisions in Canada and The 

Netherlands. From March 2025, the Bristol Participants will have the option to convert 25% of their holding of I Shares 

into ordinary shares of £0.002p each in the Company (“Ordinary Shares”) each year for four years (with the final option 

being exercisable in March 2028). The shares exchanged will be valued with reference to an 8x multiple of underlying 

profit after tax achieved by the Bristol operation.

At conversion, and in exchange for converting their I shares into shares in the Group, the Bristol Participants’ holding of I 

Shares in Alpha FX Limited will commensurately decrease and the Group’s holding will commensurately increase.

26.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On 1 December 2023, Alpha Group International plc acquired 86.36% of Financial Transaction Services B.V., trading as 

“Cobase”, a leading multibank connectivity platform. Cobase is an innovative, cloud-based provider of bank connectivity 

technology that enables corporates to manage their banking relationships, accounts, and transaction activity via 

one single interface. In doing so, the company unlocks significant operational and financial efficiencies, especially for 

international businesses with multiple banking counterparties across the world. Alpha believes there are opportunities to 

amplify one another’s growth by leveraging and sharing each other’s unique capabilities and experience.

The purchase price allocation (shown in the following table) has been prepared on a provisional basis in accordance with 

IFRS 3 Business Combinations because of the acquisition completing one month prior to the year end and information 

regarding the intangible assets is still being sought. As a result, the intangible asset, deferred tax and goodwill amounts 

in the table below are provisional. If new information is obtained within one year of the acquisition date, about facts and 

circumstances that existed at the acquisition date, identifies adjustments to the amounts that existed at the date of 

acquisition, then the accounting for the acquisition will be revised.

The initial consideration for the acquisition was €9.6m (£8.3m) in cash, with the remaining stake to be acquired via a 

performance-based earn-out between 2025 and 2028.

Transaction costs relating to professional fees and integration costs associated with the business combination in the 

year ended 31 December 2023 were £486,633 and have been expensed within non-underlying items (note 6).

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use-asset

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Dilapidation provision

Deferred tax liabilities

TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE NET ASSETS

NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

Goodwill on the business combination

DISCHARGED BY:

Cash consideration

Book value
£’000

Fair value adjustments 
£’000

Fair value 
£’000

3,292

9

182

1,322

53

(1,354)

(182)

(63)

143

3,402

980

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(245)

735

4,272

9

182

1,322

53

(1,354)

(182)

(63)

(102)

4,137

(564)

4,707

8,280

Goodwill of £4,707k reflects certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured due to their 

nature. These items include the value of expected synergies arising from the business combination and the experience and skill 

of the acquired workforce. The fair value of the acquired software, brand name and customer relationships was identified and 

included in intangible assets.

Included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is redemption liability of £1,884,165. This represents the fair value of 

the consideration payable to the non-controlling interest of the subsidiary Cobase on the date that the agreement was entered 

into. 25% of the non-controlling interest is to be acquired each period over a four-year period between 31 December 2025 and 31 

December 2028. The opposite entry has been recognised within redemption reserve in equity. 

Cobase generated revenue of £186k and loss after tax of £241k in the one month from the acquisition date to 31 December 2023, 

this is included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the reporting period.

27. ULTIMATE CONTROLLING PARTY

The Directors believe that there is no ultimate controlling party of the Group.

154

   155

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY202328.  EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Following the third year of vesting of the Alpha FX Institutional Limited share scheme for the year ended 31 December 

2023, the Company will be issuing 126,201 shares in March 2024.

Following the second year of vesting of the Alpha Foreign Exchange (Canada) Limited share scheme for the year ended 31 

December 2023, the Company will be issuing 5,734 shares in March 2024.

Following the second year of the vesting for D1 and D2 Share scheme and the first year of vesting for the D3 Share scheme 

for the year ended 31 December 2023, the Company will be issuing 80,544 shares in March 2024.

Following the first year of vesting of the Alpha FX Netherlands Limited share scheme for the year ended 31 December 

2023, the Company will be issuing 22,148 shares in March 2024.

On 29 January 2024, the Group announced a share repurchase programme up to a value of £20m to purchase ordinary 

shares of 0.2 pence each. The Ordinary Shares purchased will be held in treasury. As at 19 March 2024, 339,929 ordinary 

shares of 0.2 pence each had been purchased for a consideration of £5.8m representing 0.8% per cent of the issued share 

capital of the Group as at 19 March 2024. All shares purchased were held in Treasury.

On 29 February 2024, the Group entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of up to €100m to fix the rate of 

interest receivable on Euro cash balances held in respect of the Group’s client cash balances. With the interest rate swap, 

the Group receives a fixed rate of interest and pays a floating interest rate based on EuroSTR, the difference between the 

rates results in the Group receiving a fixed rate of interest. The contract commences in March 2024 and expires in March 

2026 with a net interest rate receivable of 3%. Hedge accounting is applied in accordance with IFRS 9.

On 20 March the Group will announce changes to the Board of Directors with Dame Jayne-Anne Gadhia appointed to 

the board as Chair Designate, effective from the Company’s AGM on 01 May 2024, subject to the completion of normal 

regulatory due diligence by the Company’s Nominated Adviser. In line with this, Clive Kahn, who has been Chair of the 

Company since 2016, will therefore not be seeking re-election at the Company’s 2025 AGM, with Jayne-Anne remaining 

Chair Designate until the conclusion of Clive’s term as Chair. 

Lisa Gordon, Non-Executive Director of the Company will also step down from the Board by not putting herself up for 

re-election at the Company’s AGM on 01 May 2024. A process to recruit an additional Non-Executive Director will be 

undertaken in the coming months.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 December 2023
Company number: 07262416

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Investments

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS

Trade and other receivables

Current tax asset

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade and other payables

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

As at 
31 December 2023 

As at
31 December 2022

Note

£’000

Restated1
£’000

As at
 1 January 2022

Restated1
£’000

5

6

9

7

64,574

64,574

6,020

75

6,095

70,669

87

52,566

4

667

17,204

70,528

141

141

70,669

54,568

54,568

10,033

51

10,084

64,652

84

52,075

4

667

11,815

64,645

7

7

53,033

53,033

10,483

249

10,732

63,765

82

50,819

4

667

12,173

63,745

20

20

64,652

63,765

The Company reported a profit for the year ended 31 December 2023 of £11,814,708 (2022: £3,351,205).

The financial statements of Alpha Group International plc were approved by the Board of Directors on 

19 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

M J Tillbrook
Director

T Powell 
Director

156

   157

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Notes to the Company Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023

Called up 
share 
capital

Share 
premium 
account

Capital  
redemption 
reserve

Merger 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Total
equity

1.  BASIS OF PREPARATION

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and with Financial Reporting 

Standard 100 Application of Financial Reporting Requirements (“FRS 100”) and Financial Reporting Standard 101 

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Reduced Disclosure Framework (“FRS 101”).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2022  
(as previously reported)

Prior period adjustment1

BALANCE AT 1 JANUARY 2022 (restated1)

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners
Shares issued on vesting of share option scheme 
(restated )

Shares issued in relation to SAYE share scheme

Share-based payments (restated1)

Dividends paid

82

-

82

-

2

-

-

-

50,783

36

50,819

-

432

824

-

-

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2022 (restated1)

84

52,075

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners

Shares issued on vesting of share option scheme

Share-based payments

Dividends paid

-

3

-

-

-

491

-

-

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

87

52,566

4

-

4

-

-

-

-

-

4

-

-

-

-

4

667

11,609

63,145

-

667

564

600  

12,173

63,745        

-

-

-

-

-

667

-

-

-

-

667

3,351

3,351

-

-

1,101

434

824

1,101

(4,810)

(4,810)

11,815

11,815

-

(58)

(6,368)

17,204

64,645

11,815

494

(58)

(6,368)

70,528

In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by 

FRS 101. Therefore, these financial statements do not include:

 − certain comparative information as otherwise required by IFRS;

 − certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

 − a statement of cash flows;

 − the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

 − the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and

 − disclosures of related party transactions with other wholly owned members of Alpha Group International plc group of 

companies.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 financial instrument disclosure exemptions have been adopted because 

equivalent disclosures are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These financial statements do not include 

certain disclosures in respect of:

 − share-based payments; or

 − financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair 

value); or

 − fair value measurement other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at  

fair value.

The financial statements are prepared in pounds sterling (“£”), and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand 

(“£’000”) except where otherwise indicated

2.  MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The material accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in note 2 to the Consolidated Financial 

Statements except as noted below.

Investments in subsidiaries and associates are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

3.  PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

As permitted in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has elected not to present its own statement of 

comprehensive income for the year. The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2023 of 

£11,814,708 (2022: £3,351,205).

The auditor’s remuneration for audit and other services is disclosed in note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

158

   159

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
4.  PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT 

As detailed in note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a number of Group employees receive remuneration in the 

form of share-based payments, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (equity settled 

transactions).

Historically, the Company has recognised an investment in subsidiary and a credit to retained earnings for the share-based 

payment charge. On vesting of the share options, share premium and a corresponding intercompany receivable were also 

recognised on issue of shares by the Company. 

After reviewing IFRS 2, the Group concluded that on vesting of the share options, share premium had been incorrectly 

recognised and other receivables were overstated as there was no arrangement for the subsidiary to reimburse the company. 

In addition, the previous years’ share-based payment charge was also found to be insufficient due to a miscalculation. 

Accordingly, the Company has restated its financial statements in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in 

Accounting Estimates and Errors’.

The correction of these entries results in an increase to investments, an increase to retained earnings and a decrease to 

share premium. The effect of these adjustments is shown by restating each of the prior year affected financial statement line 

items as follows: 

As previously 
reported  
31 December 2022

Restatement  
As at  
1 January 2022

Restatement 
  Year ended  
31 December 2022

Restatement 
Cumulative to   
31 December 2022

Restated

31 December 2022

Retained earnings

Share premium account

Investments

Other receivables

£’000

(10,779)

(53,513)

53,076

11,927

£’000

(564)

(36)

635

(35)

£’000

(472)

1,474

857

(1,859)

£’000

(1,036)

1,438

1,492

(1,894)

£’000

(11,815)

(52,075)

54,568

10,033

These movements did not result in any impact on cash.

5.  INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The additional investments in the year represent the acquisition of Financial Transactions Services B.V. (Cobase) in the 

year (see note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), share-based payments for employee share schemes in the 

subsidiary company and a buyback of shares from employees that left the business in the year. 

6.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Amount owed by Group undertaking

Prepayments

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

6,018

2

6,020

Restated1
£’000

10,033

-

10,033

During the year, no impairment provisions have been made against any class of debtor.

7.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accruals 

8.  EMPLOYEE COSTS

31 December 2023 
£’000

 31 December 2022
£’000

141

141

7

7

Other than the Directors, the Company did not have any employees during the year (2022: nil). All staff are employees of the 

subsidiary undertaking. 

9.  SHARE CAPITAL

The Company’s investment in the share capital of Alpha FX Limited and details of the subsidiary companies are disclosed in 

note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Details of the share capital of the Company are included in note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Balance at 1 January 

Share for share exchange

On business combinations 

BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 

31 December 2023 

 31 December 2022

£’000

54,568

437

9,569

64,574

Restated1
£’000

53,033

1,535

-

54,568

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

1The prior period restatement is detailed further in note 4.

160

   161

ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023 
 
Shareholder Information

REGISTERED OFFICE

Brunel Building

2 Canalside Walk

London W2 1DG

COMPANY ADVISER & CORPORATE BROKER

Liberum Capital Limited

Ropemaker Place, Level 12

25 Ropemaker Street

London EC2Y 9LY

CORPORATE BROKER 

Peel Hunt LLP

100 Liverpool Street

London EC2M 2AT

SHARE REGISTRARS

Equiniti Limited

Aspect House

Spencer Road

Lancing

West Sussex BN99 6DA

FINANCIAL PR & ADVISORS

Alma Strategic Communications

71 - 73 Carter Lane

London EC4V 5EQ

AUDITORS

BDO LLP

55 Baker St

Marylebone

London W1U 7EU

LEGAL ADVISERS

Bird & Bird LLP

12 New Fetter Lane

London EC4A 1JP

Linklaters LLP

One Silk Street

London EC2Y 8HQ

This document has been printed on Splendorgel, a paper sourced from well man managed, responsible FSC® certified forests 
and other controlled sources.  The paper has been balanced with the World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, 
who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land.

Designed by Camber, printed by Perivan.

162

CBP024244ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC  REPORT AND ACCOUNTS FY2023ALPHA GROUP INTERNATIONAL PLC

Brunel Building

2 Canalside Walk

London W2 1DG

www.alphagroup.com